BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH THE QUEEN MOTHER MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Electrical Guide

2.5L & 3.0L 2001.5 Model Year; 2.0L 2002.25 Model Year

Published by Parts and Service Communications Jaguar Cars Limited Publication Part Number JJM 10 38 20 / 22

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Table of Contents

Table of Contents: Figures ................................................................................................................... 2 3 Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................................... 4 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ 5 Component Index ............................................................................................................................... 6 9 User Instructions ............................................................................................................................... 10 11 Symbols and Codes ........................................................................................................................... 12 14 Network Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 15 Relay and Fuse Location .................................................................................................................... 16 Fuse Box Connectors ......................................................................................................................... 17 Main Power Distribution ................................................................................................................... 18 Harness Layout ................................................................................................................................. 19 Ground Point Location ...................................................................................................................... 20 Control Module Location ................................................................................................................... 21 Control Module Pin Identification ...................................................................................................... 22 27 Electrical Guide Figures and Data ............................................................................ follows after page 27 (pages are numbered by Figure number) Appendix (CAN and SCP Messages) ................................................................... follows Figures and Data

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Table of Contents: Figures

FIGURES Fig. 01
Fig. 01.1 ...... Fig. 01.2 ...... Fig. 01.3 ...... Fig. 01.4 ...... Fig. 01.5 ...... Fig. 01.6 ......

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Description Power Distribution

Main Power Distribution ............................................................................ Battery Power Distribution ......................................................................... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) ..................................... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) ............................................. Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver .................................... Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution ...........................

Variant
All Vehicles All Vehicles All Vehicles All Vehicles All Vehicles All Vehicles

02

Battery; Starter; Generator

Fig. 02.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L ...................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles Fig. 02.2 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L ................................................................. 2.0L Vehicles

03
Fig. 03.1 ...... Fig. 03.2 ...... Fig. 03.3 ...... Fig. 03.4 ......

Engine Management
Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L Part 1 ................................................... Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L Part 2 ................................................... Engine Management: 2.0L Part 1 ............................................................. Engine Management: 2.0L Part 2 ............................................................. 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles 2.0L Vehicles 2.0L Vehicles

04

Transmission

Fig. 04.1 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production ............................. 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles Fig. 04.2 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production ............................. All Vehicles (Later Production)

05

Chassis

Fig. 05.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking ...................................................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L ABS Vehicles Fig. 05.2 ...... Dynamic Stability Control .......................................................................... DSC Vehicles Fig. 05.3 ...... Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control ........................................................... 2.0L ABS/TC Vehicles

06

Climate Control

Fig. 06.1 ...... Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters ........................................... Manual Climate Control Vehicles Fig. 06.2 ...... Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters ....................................... Automatic Climate Control Vehicles

07

Instrumentation

Fig. 07.1 ...... Instrument Cluster ..................................................................................... All Vehicles Fig. 07.2 ...... Audible Warnings ...................................................................................... All Vehicles

08

Exterior Lighting
Autolamp Vehicles Non Autolamp Vehicles; Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles All Vehicles EUR Trailer Towing Vehicles U.K. Trailer Towing Vehicles NAS Trailer Towing Vehicles Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

Fig. 08.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front Autolamps .......................................................... Fig. 08.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front Non Autolamps; .................................................. Exterior Lighting: Front Daytime Running Lamps ...................................... Fig. 08.3 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear ................................................................................ Fig. 08.4 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear European Trailer Towing ....................................... Fig. 08.5 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear U.K. Trailer Towing ............................................... Fig. 08.6 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear NAS Trailer Towing ............................................... Fig. 08.7 ...... Headlamp Leveling ....................................................................................

09

Interior Lighting

Fig. 09.1 ...... Interior Lighting ......................................................................................... All Vehicles Fig. 09.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ....................................................................... All Vehicles

10

Steering; Mirrors; Heaters

Fig. 10.1 ...... Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror ........................... All Vehicles Fig. 10.2 ...... Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back .......................................................... All Vehicles

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

FIGURES Fig. 11

Table of Contents: Figures

Description Seat Systems

Variant

Fig. 11.1 ...... Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement .............................................................. 8-Way Powered Seat Vehicles Fig. 11.2 ...... Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement .............................................................. 2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles Fig. 11.3 ...... Seat Heaters .............................................................................................. Heated Seat Vehicles

12

Door Locking; Security

Fig. 12.1 ...... Central Door Locking: Double Locking ....................................................... Double Locking Vehicles Fig. 12.2 ...... Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking ................................................ Non Double Locking Vehicles Fig. 12.3 ...... Security System ......................................................................................... All Vehicles

13

Wash / Wipe

Fig. 13.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System .................................................................................. Non Rain Sensing Vehicles Fig. 13.2 ...... Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing ....................................................... Rain Sensing Vehicles

14

Powered Windows; Sliding Roof

Fig. 14.1 ...... Powered Windows: LHD ............................................................................ LHD Vehicles Fig. 14.2 ...... Powered Windows: RHD ........................................................................... RHD Vehicles Fig. 14.3 ...... Sliding Roof ............................................................................................... Sliding Roof Vehicles

15

In-Car Entertainment

Fig. 15.1 ...... In-Car Entertainment: Standard .................................................................. Standard ICE Vehicles Fig. 15.2 ...... In-Car Entertainment: Premium ................................................................. Premium ICE Vehicles

16
Fig. 16.1 ...... Fig. 16.2 ...... Fig. 16.3 ...... Fig. 16.4 ...... Fig. 16.5 ...... Fig. 16.6 ...... Fig. 16.7 ......

Telematics
Telephone System: ROW ........................................................................... Telephone System: NAS ............................................................................. Telephone System with Voice: ROW .......................................................... Telephone System with Voice: NAS ............................................................ Voice Control System ................................................................................. Navigation System (except Japan) ............................................................... Navigation System: Japan ........................................................................... ROW Vehicles NAS Vehicles ROW Vehicles NAS Vehicles Voice Only Vehicles NAV Vehicles except Japan Japan NAV Vehicles

17 18 19

Occupant Protection Driver Assist Ancillaries

Fig. 17.1 ...... Advanced Restraint System ........................................................................ All Vehicles

Fig. 18.1 ...... Parking Aid System .................................................................................... Parking Aid Vehicles

Fig. 19.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horn, Cigar Lighter, Accessory Connectors, Garage Door Opener ................................................................................. All Vehicles

20
Fig. 20.1 ...... Fig. 20.2 ...... Fig. 20.3 ...... Fig. 20.4 ......

Vehicle Multiplex Systems

Controller Area Network ............................................................................ Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link .............................. D2B Network: Part 1 ................................................................................. D2B Network: Part 2 ................................................................................. All Vehicles All Vehicles All Vehicles All Vehicles

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Abbreviations and Acronyms

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

The following abbreviations and acronyms are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
A/C A/CCM ABS ABS/TC APP SENSOR APP1 APP2 AUTO B+ BANK 1 BANK 2 CAN CKP SENSOR CM CMP SENSOR / 1 CMP SENSOR / 2 D2B DSC ECM ECT SENSOR EFT SENSOR EGT SENSOR EOT SENSOR EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE FTP SENSOR GECM GPS HID HO2 SENSOR 1 / 1 HO2 SENSOR 1 / 2 HO2 SENSOR 2 / 1 HO2 SENSOR 2 / 2 IAT SENSOR ICE IMT VALVE / 1 IMT VALVE / 2 IC IP SENSOR KS LH LHD MAF SENSOR MAN MAP SENSOR N/A NAS PATS PWM RH RHD ROW SCP TCM TP SENSOR TP1 TP2 TURN TV V6 VEMS VICS VVT VALVE / 1 VVT VALVE / 2 +ve ve ve BUS Air Conditioning Air Conditioning Control Module Anti-Lock Braking Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 2 Automatic Transmission Battery Voltage RH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 1, 3, 5) LH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 2, 4, 6) Controller Area Network Crankshaft Position Sensor Control Module Camshaft Position Sensor / Bank 1 Camshaft Position Sensor / Bank 2 Fiber Optic Network Dynamic Stability Control Engine Control Module Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Evaporative Emission Canister Close Valve Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor General Electronic Control Module Global Positioning System High Intensity Discharge Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 / Upstream Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 / Downstream Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 2 / Upstream Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 2 / Downstream Intake Air Temperature Sensor In-Car Entertainment System Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Top Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Bottom Instrument Cluster Injection Pressure Sensor Knock Sensor Left Hand Left Hand Drive Mass Air Flow Sensor Manual Transmission Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Normally Aspirated North American Specification Passive Anti-Theft System Pulse Width Modulated Right Hand Right Hand Drive Rest of World Standard Corporate Protocol Network Transmission Control Module Throttle Position Sensor Throttle Position Sensor Element 1 Throttle Position Sensor Element 2 Turn Signal Television V6 Engine Vehicle Emergency Message System Vehicle Information Control System Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 1 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 2 Positive Negative Central Junction Fuse Box Ground Bus

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Electrical Guide Format

Introduction

This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the Jaguar X-TYPE electrical / electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components. The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure. It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents should help to guide the user.

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)

VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:

VIN 123456 indicates up to VIN 123456;

VIN 123456 indicates from VIN 123456 on.

Jaguar X-TYPE Electrical System Architecture

Power Supplies The Jaguar X-TYPE electrical system is a supply-side switched system. The ignition switch directly carries much of the ignition switched power supply load. Power supply is provided via three methods: direct battery power supply, ignition switched power supply, and Battery Saver power supply. The Battery Saver power supply circuit is controlled via GECM (General Electronic Control Module) internal timer circuits. Refer to Figure 01.5 for circuit activation details. Fuse Boxes The electrical harness incorporates a hard-wired Power Distribution Fuse Box in the engine compartment and a serviceable Central Junction Fuse Box in the front left-hand foot well. All fuses and relays (except the trailer towing accessory kit) are located in the two fuse boxes. Vehicle Networks The Jaguar X-TYPE employs three different networks: a CAN (Controller Area Network) for high-speed powertrain communications, an SCP (Standard Corporate Protocol) network for slower speed body systems communications, and a D2B (Optical) Network for very high-speed real-time audio data transfer. The D2B Network is a fiber optic network with a gateway to the remaining vehicle networks via the Audio Unit (Radio Head Unit). Technician access to the three networks and the Serial Data Link is via the Data Link Connector. Ground Studs Circuit ground connections are made at body studs located throughout the vehicle. There are no separate power and logic grounding systems; however, there are a certain number of components that use unique ground points.

X-TYPE INSTRUMENT PANEL

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Component Index
Accessory Power Relay .......................................................... Fig. 01.3 Active Security Sounder ......................................................... Fig. 12.3 Air Conditioning Blower Relay ............................................... Fig. 06.1 Air Conditioning Blower Relay ............................................... Fig. 06.2 Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ...................................... Fig. 03.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Relay ............................. Fig. 03.2 Air Conditioning Control Module (Automatic, Panel) .............. Fig. 06.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 Air Conditioning Control Module (Manual, Panel) .................. Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 Air Conditioning Control Module (Remote) ............................. Fig. 06.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor ........................................... Fig. 03.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 Air Temperature Blend Actuator ............................................ Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2 Airbag Deactivated Indicator Lamp Passenger ...................... Fig. 17.1 Ambient Temperature Sensor ................................................. Fig. 06.2 Antenna Module .................................................................... Fig. 15.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2 Anti-Lock Braking System Control Module .............................. Fig. 05.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module ............. Fig. 05.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 APP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1 Audio Control Switches ......................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 15.1 15.2 16.3 16.4 16.5 09.2 12.3 15.1 15.2 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 16.5 20.2 20.3 20.4

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Cabin Accessory Connector ................................................... Fig. 19.1 Capacitor (ABS / DSC / TC) ..................................................... Fig. 05.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3 Caravan Connector ................................................................ Fig. 08.5 CD Autochanger .................................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 15.1 15.2 20.3 20.4 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 20.3 20.4 01.1 01.2 01.3 01.4 01.5 03.1 03.3 03.4 05.1 05.2 05.3 06.1 06.2 08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6

Cellular Phone Control Module .............................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. Central Junction Fuse Box ...................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig.

Cigar Lighter .......................................................................... Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1 CKP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 Clutch Cancel Switch ............................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.2 03.4 04.1 04.2

Audio Unit ............................................................................ Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig.

Clutch Pedal Safety Switch ..................................................... Fig. 02.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2 CMP Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 Cooling Fans .......................................................................... Fig. 03.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 Cooling Fan Module .............................................................. Fig. 03.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 Curtain Airbag Igniters ........................................................... Fig. 17.1 Data Link Connector .............................................................. Fig. 20.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2 Defrost Door Actuator ........................................................... Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2 Dip Beam Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7 Discharge Temperature Sensor ............................................... Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2 Door Courtesy Lamps ............................................................ Fig. 09.1 Door Latch Assembly LH Front ............................................ Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2 09.1 12.1 12.2 12.3 14.1 14.2 14.3

Autolamps Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 08.1 Automatic Transmission ......................................................... Fig. 04.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2 Battery Saver Relay ................................................................ Fig. 01.5 Battery .................................................................................. Fig. 01.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2 Blower (Automatic) ................................................................ Fig. 06.2 Blower (Manual) .................................................................... Fig. 06.1 Blower Series Resistor ............................................................ Fig. 06.1 Brake Cancel Switch .............................................................. Fig. 03.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 Brake Fluid Switch ................................................................. Fig. 07.1 Brake On / Off Switch ............................................................ Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1 03.3 03.4 05.1 05.2 05.3 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6

Brake Pressure Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 05.2

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Door Latch Assembly RH Front ............................................ ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 07.2 09.1 12.1 12.2 12.3 14.3 09.1 12.1 12.2 12.3

Component Index
Fuel Pump Module (2.5L & 3.0L) ............................................ Fig. 03.2 Fuel Pump Relay (2.0L) .......................................................... Fig. 03.4 General Electronic Control Module ........................................ Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.5 02.1 02.2 07.1 07.2 08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6 09.1 12.1 12.2 12.3 13.1 13.2 14.1 14.2 14.3 19.1 20.2

Door Latch Assemblies Rear ................................................ Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig.

Door Mirrors ......................................................................... Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2 Door Switch Pack Driver ..................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 09.2 10.2 14.1 14.2

Door Switch Pack Passenger ................................................ Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2 Door Switch Packs Rear ....................................................... Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2 Dual Airbag Igniters ............................................................... Fig. 17.1 Dynamic Stability Control Control Module ............................. Fig. 05.2 Dynamic Stability Control Switch ........................................... Fig. 05.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 ECT Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 EFT Sensor ............................................................................. Fig. 03.1 Electrochromic Rear View Mirror ........................................... Fig. 10.1 EMS Control Relay ................................................................. Fig. 01.6 Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L) ...................................... Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. Engine Control Module (2.0L) ................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 02.1 03.1 03.2 04.1 04.2 12.3 20.1 20.2 02.2 03.3 03.4 04.1 04.2 12.3 20.1 20.2

Generator .............................................................................. Fig. 02.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2 Glove Box Lamp .................................................................... Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1 Handset Receiver (NAS) ......................................................... Fig. 16.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4 Handset Receiver (ROW) ........................................................ Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3 Hazard Switch ....................................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 08.2 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6

Hazard, Seat Heater Switches ................................................. Fig. 09.2 Headlamp Leveling Control Module ....................................... Fig. 08.7 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2 Headlamp Units .................................................................... Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7 Heated Rear Window ............................................................ ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 06.1 06.2 15.1 15.2

EOT Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 EVAP Canister Close Valve ..................................................... Fig. 03.1 EVAP Canister Purge Valve .................................................... Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 Evaporator Temperature Sensor ............................................. Fig. 06.1 Evaporator Temperature Sensor ............................................. Fig. 06.2 Fog Lamps ............................................................................. Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2 Fold Flat Module ................................................................... Fig. 10.2 Footwell Lamps ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1 Fresh / Recirculation Flap Actuator ......................................... Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2 Front Axle Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 08.7 Front Impact Sensor .............................................................. Fig. 17.1 FTP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1 Fuel Injectors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 Fuel Level Sensors ................................................................. Fig. 07.1 Fuel Pump (2.5L & 3.0L) ......................................................... Fig. 03.2 Fuel Pump (2.0L) ................................................................... Fig. 03.4

Heated Rear Window Relay ................................................... Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2 High Mount Stop Lamp .......................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6

HO2 Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 Hood Security Switch ............................................................. Fig. 12.3 Horn Relay ............................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1 Horn Switch .......................................................................... Fig. 19.1 Horns .................................................................................... Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1 Idle Speed Control Valve ........................................................ Fig. 03.3 Ignition Capacitor .................................................................. Fig. 03.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 Ignition Modules and Coils ..................................................... Fig. 03.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 Ignition Relay ........................................................................ Fig. 01.4

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Component Index
Ignition Switch ....................................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 01.1 01.3 01.4 02.1 02.2 04.1 04.2 07.2 12.1 12.2 12.3

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Navigation GPS Antenna ........................................................ Fig. 16.6 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7 Oil Pressure Switch ................................................................ Fig. 07.1 Output Speed Sensor ............................................................. Fig. 04.1 Panel / Floor Actuator ............................................................ Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2 Parking Aid Control Module ................................................... Fig. 18.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2 Parking Aid Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 18.1 Parking Aid Sounder .............................................................. Fig. 18.1 Passive Anti-Theft System Transceiver .................................... Fig. 02.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3 Passive Security Sounder ........................................................ Fig. 12.3 Power Distribution Fuse Box .................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 01.1 01.2 01.3 01.6 02.1 02.2 03.1 03.2 03.4 04.1 04.2 06.1 06.2 08.1 08.2 08.7 12.3 13.1 13.2 19.1

IMT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 In-Car Temperature Sensor .................................................... Fig. 06.2 Inclination Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 12.3 Inertia Switch ........................................................................ Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. Instrument Cluster ................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. J Gate Assembly ..................................................................... Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. JaguarNet GPS Antenna ......................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 01.1 01.4 12.1 12.2 02.1 02.2 07.1 07.2 08.3 09.2 10.1 12.1 12.2 12.3 20.1 20.2 04.1 04.2 07.2 09.2 20.1 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4

IP Sensor ............................................................................... Fig. 03.1

Power Wash Pump ................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2 Power Wash Pump Relay ....................................................... Fig. 13.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2 Rain Sensing Control Module ................................................. Fig. 13.2 Rain Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 13.2 Rear Axle Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 08.7 Rear Interior Lamp ................................................................. Fig. 09.1 Restraints Control Module ..................................................... Fig. 07.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2 Reverse Lamps Relay .............................................................. Fig. 08.3 Reverse Lamps Switch ............................................................ Fig. 04.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3 Roof Console ......................................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 09.1 09.2 12.3 14.3 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 16.5 16.7 19.1 20.2

Knock Sensor ........................................................................ Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 License Plate Lamps ............................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6

MAF Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 Main Beam / Front Fog Relay .................................................. Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2 MAP Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 Master Lighting Switch ........................................................... Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. Navigation Control Module .................................................... Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. 07.1 08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6 08.7 09.2 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 16.6 16.7 20.2 20.3 20.4

Mid Bass Speakers ................................................................. Fig. 15.2

Seat Back Heaters .................................................................. Fig. 11.3 Seat Belt Pretensioner Igniters ................................................ Fig. 17.1 Seat Belt Switches .................................................................. Fig. 17.1 Seat Cushion Heaters ............................................................. Fig. 11.3 Seat Heater Modules .............................................................. Fig. 11.3 Seat Heater Switches ............................................................. Fig. 11.3 Seat Lumbar Pumps ............................................................... Fig. 11.1 Seat Lumbar Switch Packs ...................................................... Fig. 11.1

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Seat Movement Motors .......................................................... Fig. 11.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2 Seat Position Switch Driver .................................................. Fig. 17.1 Seat Switch Packs .................................................................. Fig. 11.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2 Seat Weight Pressure Sensor Passenger ................................ Fig. 17.1 Seat Weight Sensing Control Module Passenger ................... Fig. 17.1 Security Indicator .................................................................. Fig. 12.3 Side Airbag Igniters ................................................................ Fig. 17.1 Side Impact Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 17.1 Side Marker Lamp Front ...................................................... Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2 Side Marker Lamp Rear ....................................................... Fig. 08.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6 Sliding Roof Control Module .................................................. Fig. 14.3 Solar Sensor .......................................................................... Fig. 06.2 Speakers ................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 Speed Control Switches ......................................................... Fig. 03.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 Speed Control Control Module .............................................. Fig. 03.4 Starter Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 02.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2 Starter Relay .......................................................................... Fig. 02.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2 Steering Angle Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 05.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 Steering Wheel ...................................................................... Fig. 09.2 Sub Woofer ........................................................................... Fig. 15.2 Tail Lamp Units ..................................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6

Component Index
Transmission Control Module ................................................ Fig. 04.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 Transmission Range Sensor .................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 02.1 02.2 04.1 04.2

Trunk Accessory Connector ................................................... Fig. 19.1 Trunk Lamp ........................................................................... Fig. 09.1 Trunk Lock Motor .................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1 12.1 12.2 12.3

Trunk Release Switch ............................................................. Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 Turn Repeaters ...................................................................... Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2 Turn Signal Switch ................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. 07.1 08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6

Tweeters ............................................................................... Fig. 15.2 Vacuum Module .................................................................... Fig. 05.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3 Vacuum Pump ....................................................................... Fig. 05.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3 Vanity Mirror Lamps .............................................................. Fig. 09.1 Variable Assist Servo .............................................................. Fig. 10.1 Vehicle Information Antenna and Amplifier ........................... Fig. 16.7 Vehicle Information Control Module ...................................... Fig. 16.7 Vehicle Information Sensor .................................................... Fig. 16.7 Voice Activation Control Module ........................................... Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3 16.4 16.5 20.3 20.4

TCM Relay ............................................................................. Fig. 04.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2 Telematics Display ................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 09.2 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 16.6 16.7

VVT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 Washer Fluid Level Switch ..................................................... Fig. 07.1 Wheel Speed Sensors ............................................................. Fig. 05.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3 Window Motor Assemblies .................................................... Fig. 14.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2 Windshield Heaters ............................................................... Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2 Windshield Heater Relay ........................................................ Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2 Windshield Washer Pump ..................................................... Fig. 13.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2 Windshield Wiper Motor Relay .............................................. Fig. 13.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2 Wiper Motor Assembly .......................................................... Fig. 13.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2 Wiper Switch Assembly .......................................................... Fig. 13.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2 Yaw Rate Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 05.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

Telephone Antenna, Bumper (NAS) ........................................ Fig. 16.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4 Telephone Antenna, Bumper (ROW) ...................................... Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3 Telephone Antenna, JaguarNet (NAS) ..................................... Fig. 16.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4 Telephone Antenna, JaguarNet (ROW) ................................... Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3 Television Antennas and Amplifiers ........................................ Fig. 16.7 Throttle Body ........................................................................ Fig. 03.1 Throttle Motor ....................................................................... Fig. 03.1 Throttle Motor Relay .............................................................. Fig. 03.1 TP Sensor (2.5L & 3.0L) .......................................................... Fig. 03.1 TP Sensor (2.0L) ..................................................................... Fig. 03.3 Traction Control Switch ......................................................... Fig. 05.3 Trailer Connector .................................................................. Fig. 08.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6 Trailer Towing Control Module .............................................. Fig. 08.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6 Trailer Towing Rear Accessory Connector ............................... Fig. 08.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6 Transit Isolation Device .......................................................... Fig. 01.1

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

User Instructions
Figure and Data Page Layout

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Figure Pages Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 - Power Distribution, 02 - Battery; Starter; Generator, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents: Figures for a complete list of the Figures. The Figures 01 - Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. The reference symbols are defined on page 12. Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided. Data Pages The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book. When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix. Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pinout information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

10

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER

User Instructions
COMPONENT, CONNECTOR AND GROUND INFORMATION

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 02.1
COMPONENTS Component
BATTERY CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH

General Electronic Control Module Pin

S S I IP5-18 IP5-19 IP6-8

Description and Characteristic

SCP SCP + KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

Connector(s)
PA5 EN16 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 EN49 IP18 IP10 IP11 IP15 ST2 ST3 EN700 ST2 JB156

Connector Description
2-WAY / BLACK 134-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 4-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 4-WAY / GREEN 1-WAY EYELET 1-WAY EYELET 1-WAY EYELET 1-WAY EYELET 10-WAY / BLACK

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

Instrument Cluster Pin

D D I O C C S S I I I IP10-3 IP10-4 IP10-5 IP10-6 IP10-17 IP10-18 IP10-22 IP10-23 IP11-7 IP11-8 IP11-11

Description and Characteristic

PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION PATS GROUND: GROUND PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+ CAN + CAN SCP + SCP BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ STARTER RELAY TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR GENERATOR IGNITION SWITCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX STARTER MOTOR (EARLY PRODUCTION) STARTER MOTOR (LATER PRODUCTION)

ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT STEERING COLUMN INSTRUMENT PANEL STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10 TOP OF TRANSMISSION

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L) Pin

I I I O I O I C C EN16-006 EN16-031 EN16-031 EN16-041 EN16-053 EN16-065 EN16-079 EN16-123 EN16-124

Description and Characteristic

ENGINE CRANK: B+ PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON CAN CAN +

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

EN700 JB1 JB2 JB129 JB145

Connector Description
1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS

Location
STARTER SOLENOID ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS Ground
G13 G16 G37

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

DATE OF ISSUE

DATA PAGE

FIGURE

MODEL RANGE AND YEAR

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

TITLE
Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L

FIGURE NUMBER
Fig. 02.1

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L

B
G12A

B
JB160

B
G12B

BATTERY
G13AS G16AS

KEY-IN

B
IP18-5

I
4

R
IP18-4

II
28
Y
IP18-7 JB129-11

STARTER RELAY
R10
4 5

OY Y

Y
JB1-42

III

Y
JBS34

GO

GO

IGNITION SWITCH (III)

P
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

39
II

N
JB156-10

N B
JB156-6 ST3

(AUTO)
Y
EN700-1

(1)

Y
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
EN700

(2)

(ROW)

(ROW)
ST2

B B

14
II

GO
JB2-16

(NAS)

RW
PA5-1 PA5-2

W
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH

(NAS)
JB2-12

(MAN)
STARTER MOTOR NOTATION: (1) Early production vehicles (2) Later production vehicles

B
IP6-8

S
IP5-19

Y U
IP5-18

20.2
O.K. TO START

S
SECURITY

20.2

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

Y
IP10-22

61 15
II

O
IP11-7

20.2 20.2
JB1-40

GO
EN16-41

S
B IP10-23

O START ENGINE I
CRANK ENGINE REQUEST
P, N

41
II

GR
EN49-2

B ST4

GR
IP11-11

Y
JB1-34

Y
EN16-6

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM

B
JB145-5 EN16-31

O
EN16-65

OG
EN49-3

FIELD CHARGE
EN49-1

RG
EN16-53

G
IP10-6

PATS POWER

I C
IP10-18

U
EN16-79 EN49-4

G Y
IP10-17

20.1
O.K. TO START GENERATOR WARNING

20.1 20.1

G
EN16-123

C C
EN16-124

GENERATOR LOAD

O
IP15-4 IP10-4

D D
IP10-3

20.1

GENERATOR

G
IP15-1 IP15-3

WG B
IP15-2 IP10-5

PATS GROUND

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER

G37AL (G36BL)

B
IP11-8

NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.1. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS

FIGURE PAGE

VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

11

Symbols and Codes

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

NOTE: In the examples on this page, an X is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.

Reference Symbols
X X
I

Control Module Pin Symbols

I O
B +

Battery power supply Ignition switched auxiliary power supply (key I) Ignition switched power supply (key II, III) Ignition switched Battery Saver power supply Engine Management System power supply Figure number reference Controller Area Network Standard Corporate Protocol network D2B network

Input Output Battery voltage Power ground

C CAN network

S SCP network
D D2B network 2

X
II

X
B

D Serial and encoded data

X
E

+ Sensor/signal supply V * Sensor/signal ground **

XX.X CAN SCP D2B

May also indicate Reference Voltage. Refer to Control Module Pin-Out Information.

** May also indicate Reference Ground or Logic Ground.

Wiring Symbols
Splice Motor

Simplified splice

Potentiometer

Bulb Power distribution box terminal Capacitor Pressure transducer Connector Resistor

Diode

Solenoid

Suppression diode Eyelet and stud Suppression resistor Fuse Thermistor Ground Transistor

Hall effect sensor

Wire continued

Light emitting diode (LED)

Zener diode

12

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Harness Codes
AC Climate Control AL BL BR LH Side Airbag LH Rear Door RH Rear Door AR RH Side Airbag

Symbols and Codes

Wiring Color Codes
N B W K G R Y Brown Black White Pink Green Red Yellow O S L U P Orange Slate Light Blue Purple

CA Cabin EN Engine FB FL FR FT IL IP JB LF LR LS PA PH RB RC RF RR RS TL Front Bumper LH Front Door RH Front Door Fuel Tank Injector Rail Instrument Panel Junction Box LH Front Wheel Speed Sensor LH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor LH Front Seat Pedals Telephone Rear Bumper Roof Console RH Front Wheel Speed Sensor RH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor RH Front Seat Trunk Lid

BRD Braid BOF Fiber optic (D2B Network)

Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide the codes have, in most cases, been shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc.

GC Cooling Pack

NA Navigation System

TM Trunk Main VM Vacuum Module VP Vacuum Pump

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

13

Symbols and Codes

Grounds

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

There may be up to three eyelets on one ground stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A first (bottom), B second (middle), C third (top). Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single leg, which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two legs, identified as L (left) or R (right).
S L R

SINGLE EYELET EXAMPLE: Ground Ground stud number 15

G15AS G30CR

EYELET PAIR Ground Ground stud number 30

Single eyelet First eyelet on stud

Eyelet pair, RH leg Third eyelet on stud

On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLE:
G15AR (G4AR)

LHD Vehicles RHD Vehicles

G30AS

Same for LHD and RHD Vehicles

Relays
All relays are located in the Power Distribution Fuse Box and the Central Junction Fuse Box. Relays do not have a separate relay connector (base). All relays use the ISO pin numbering system (1, 2, 3, 4, 5). Each relay in the vehicle is identified by a unique R number.
EXAMPLE:
3

R6

4 5 3

R2
5

CHANGE-OVER RELAY

NORMALLY OPEN RELAY

Fuses
All fuses are located in the Power Distribution Fuse Box and the Central Junction Fuse Box. Each fuse in the vehicle is identified by a unique F number.
EXAMPLE:
F67 30A

Networks
In most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted control modules. Refer to Figures 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 and 20.4 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
SCP

S
IP5-1

Y U
IP5-2

20.2 20.2

MESSAGE(S)

MESSAGE(S)

20.2 20.2

Y
IP10-1

S S
IP10-2

MESSAGE(S)

MESSAGE(S)

CONTROL MODULE

CONTROL MODULE

14

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Network Configuration

ABS, ABS/TC OR DSC CONTROL MODULE

VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CD AUTOCHANGER DSC YAW RATE SENSOR

AUDIO UNIT HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE

NETWORK GATEWAY

J GATE

D2B

PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE

DSC STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

ROOF CONSOLE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

NETWORK GATEWAY

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

CAN
SERIAL DATA LINK

SCP

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

CAN NETWORK SCP NETWORK D2B NETWORK SERIAL DATA LINK

NOTE: TYPICAL NETWORK CONFIGURATION. REFER TO FIGURES 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 AND 20.4 FOR CIRCUIT DETAILS.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

15

Relay and Fuse Location

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

F32 F31 F30 F29 5A 10A 30A 30A

F10 20A

F9 50A

F8 80A

F7 50A

F6 30A

F5 30A

F4 30A

F3 60A

F2 50A

F1 20A

R1
F19 F18 F17 F16 F15 15A 20A 20A 20A 30A F13 30A

WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY HORN RELAY ACCESSORY POWER RELAY POWER WASH PUMP RELAY A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY EMS CONTROL RELAY TCM RELAY DIP BEAM RELAY STARTER RELAY THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY (2.5L & 3.0L); FUEL PUMP RELAY (2.0L)

F42 F41 F40 F39 F38 F37 F36 D2 30A 10A 15A 5A 30A 15A 10A

R2 R3 R4

R5
F28 F27 F26 F25 F24 F23 F22 F21 F20 15A 10A 15A 15A 15A 10A 20A 15A 5A

R5 R6 R7

R9

R7

R6

R8
R2 R1

R9 R10

R10

R11

R8 R3 R4

R11

FRONT OF VEHICLE

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

R15 R19

R21

R15 R16 R17

R17 R20

MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY NOT USED REVERSE LAMPS RELAY IGNITION RELAY HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY A/C BLOWER RELAY BATTERY SAVER RELAY

R18 R19 R20 R21

R18

F60 F61 F62 F63 F64 20A 20A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A F68 15A

F66 30A

F67 5A

F69 F70 F71 F72 F73 F74 F75 7.5A 30A 15A 15A 15A 15A 7.5A

F77 F78 7.5A 5A

79 F80 F81 F82 F83 F84 F85 F86 F87 10A 7.5A 20A 10A 15A 5A 7.5A 7.5A 15A

F90 F91 7.5A 10A

F92 F93 F94 F95 F96 F97 F98 F99 10A 30A 20A 10A 7.5A 7.5A 10A 10A

16

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Fuse Box Connectors

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX FRONT

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX REAR

JB50
1 2

CA76 CA75
1 4 8 9 8 16

IP4
14 7 8 1

4 1 5

IP2
16 8 9 1 1 2 1 2

JB52

CA77

IP1
14 7 8 1 2 1 9 16

IP3
1

JB51
1 8 9

CA78
8 16

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

17

Main Power Distribution

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

BATTERY

BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND (UNDER BATTERY TRAY) POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

GENERATOR

STARTER

JUNCTION BOX HARNESS: JB

BATTERY ENGINE GROUND ENGINE HARNESS: EN

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

CABIN HARNESS: CA

18

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Harness Layout

FRONT BUMPER HARNESS: FB VACUUM MODULE HARNESS: VM VACUUM PUMP HARNESS: VP INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS: IJ ENGINE HARNESS: EN COOLING PACK HARNESS: GC

LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: LF

RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: RF

JUNCTION BOX HARNESS: JB

PEDAL HARNESS: PA AIR CONDITIONING HARNESS: AC

LH FRONT DOOR HARNESS: FL INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS: IP ROOF HARNESS: RC

RH FRONT DOOR HARNESS: FR RHD INSTRUMENT PACK HARNESS DEVIATION

CABIN HARNESS: CA NAVIGATION SYSTEM HARNESS: NA RH SEAT HARNESS: RS LH SEAT HARNESS: LS

LH REAR DOOR HARNESS: BL

RH REAR DOOR HARNESS: BR

TELEPHONE HARNESS: TL

LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: LR TRUNK LID HARNESS: TL

RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: RR TRUNK MAIN HARNESS: TM

REAR BUMPER HARNESS: RB

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

19

Ground Point Location

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

G32 UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY (HID GROUND) G11 UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY G16 UNDER BATTERY TRAY (BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND)

G18 UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY G10 UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY G17 ON GENERATOR BRACKET (A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH GROUND) G33 BEHIND RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY (HID GROUND)

G13 ENGINE BLOCK (BATTERY ENGINE GROUND)

G8 RH FRONT INNER WHEEL ARCH

G14 REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX G37 LH CROSS CAR BEAM

G36 RH CROSS CAR BEAM

G5 RH A POST, LOWER G15 LH A POST, LOWER

G4 RH A POST, LOWER

G35 LH E POST, LOWER (FUEL PUMP GROUND) G38 ROOF, TOP OF LH E POST (HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP GROUND)

G3 LH E POST (HEATED REAR WINDOW GROUND)

G39 TRUNK, LH REAR G40 TRUNK, LH REAR G1 TRUNK, LH REAR G2 TRUNK, LH REAR

NOTE: UNIQUE GROUND STUDS ARE NOTED IN PARENTHESES.

20

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Control Module Location

COOLING FAN MODULE ABS, ABS/TC OR DSC CONTROL MODULE VACUUM MODULE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (COMBINED WITH CONTROL PANEL) SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE RAIN SENSING CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: LHD RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: RHD YAW RATE SENSOR J GATE MODULE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE)

LH SEAT HEATER MODULE

RH SEAT HEATER MODULE

FUEL PUMP MODULE

TRAFFIC MASTER CONTROL MODULE CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE TRAILER TOWING MODULE

PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

21

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: 2.5L & 3.0L

22
EN16

EN16 / 134-WAY / BLACK

110 G 84 P 58 32 4 B 5 B 6 Y 7 GO 8 GO 9 U 10 GU 11 12 OY 13 Y 14 15 16 17 B 18 B 19 BG 20 BG 21 22 NR 23 WG 24 WG 25 W 26 WU 27 N 33 WG 34 BG 35 36 P 37 Y 38 OY 39 OY 40 B 41 GO 42 43 BG 44 GW 45 BW 46 BW 47 YR 48 YG 49 50 U 51 WU 52 GR 53 RG 54 B 28 59 60 61 GU 62 GW 63 GR 64 65 OG 66 UY 67 O 68 G 69 N 70 UY 71 O 72 73 U 74 75 P 76 Y 77 78 Y 79 U 80 G 85 86 87 GU 88 GW 89 GR 90 91 B 92 U 93 UY 94 O 95 B 96 97 98 N 99 100 BG 101 102 R 103 Y 104 RG 105 W 106 R 111 B 112 113 BG 114 BO 115 BG 116 B 117 118 BO 119 BW 120 BW 121 WU 122 123 G 124 Y 125 126 127 BW 128 N 129 N 130 BR 131 YG 132 YG 133 BG 134 RW

107 Y

108 P

109 RW

81 B

82 B

83 Y

55 GO

56 GO

57

29 B

30 B

31 B

1 RU

2 RU

Control Module Pin Identification

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: 2.0L

EN65

EN65 / 104-WAY / BLACK

81 I 54 N 29 BW 3 BG 4 B 5 B 6 Y 7 U 8 OG 9 10 11 OY 12 YG 13 YG 14 GU 30 GW 31 BW 32 33 34 GO 35 U 36 GU 37 N 38 BG 39 W 40 GU 41 GW 55 BR 56 GW 57 GU 58 59 O 60 B 61 P 62 Y 63 GO 64 B 65 BG 66 BO 67 BG 82 83 84 WG 85 B 86 G 87 N 88 G 89 Y 90 91 B 92 BW 93 BW 94 BO 68 GO 42 GR 15 GW 16 GR 43 RG 17 G 95 G 69 B 96 RW 70 OY 44 WU 18 B 45 19 B 97 G 71 OY 46 UY 20 BG 98 R 72 47 U 21 NR 99 GR 73 48 B 22 WG 100 101 74 UY 49 23 WG 75 B 50 P 24 102 B 103 GO 76 GO 51 Y 25 P 104 RU 77 RU 52 B 26 Y 78 B

79 Y

80 UY

53 N

27 N

28 W

1 BW

2 WU

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

JB131

JB131 / 54-WAY / BLUE

18 R 36 WU 54 WU 35 53 Y 17 B 16 O 34 Y 52 G 15 N 33 Y 51 14 N 32 50 13 G 31 49 12 G 30 U 48 11 29 47 OY 10 W 28 46 O 9 B 27 Y 45 BW 8 R 26 G 44 U 7 O 25 W 43 6 UY 24 N 42 Y 5 N 23 41 4 U 22 40 3 G 21 N 39 W 2 20 B 38 B 1 19 37

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

DSCCONTROL MODULE

ABS OR ABS/TC CONTROL MODULE

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

JB185

JB45 / JB197

JB45 / 42-WAY / BROWN (ABS CONTROL MODULE)

6 R 19 35 36 37 38 39 GW 40 G 41 42 GB 20 21 U* 22 23 GW 24 Y 25 B 26 WG 7 8 9 10 1 B 11 27 12 W 28 N 13 GB 29 2 R 14 WU 30 NG 15 NR 31 WG 3 16 WR 32 GO 4 17 33 5 B 18 34 6 R 19 35 20 36 7 21 37 8 22 38 9 23 GW 39 10 24 Y 40 G 25 41 26 42

JB185 / 42-WAY / BLUE

1 B

2 R

5 B

11

12 W

13 GB

14 WU

15 NR

16 WR

17

18

27 B

28 N

29

30 NG

31 WG

32 GO

33

34

* B early production vehicles.

JB197 / 42-WAY / BROWN (ABS/TC CONTROL MODULE)

1 B 11 27 B 12 W 28 N 13 GB 29 2 R 14 WU 30 NG 15 NR 31 WG 3 16 WR 32 GO 4 17 33 5 B 18 34 6 R 19 35 20 36 7 21 37 8 22 38 9 23 GW 39 10 24 Y 40 G 25 41 26 42

Control Module Pin Identification

23

24

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE)

AC1

IP101

AC1 / 26-WAY / YELLOW IP101 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

23 O 10 WB 11 W 12 Y 13 R 1 OY 2 WR 3 B 4 B 5 BW 6 B 7 BW 8 9 Y 10 G 24 RW 25 RG 26 OY 14 U 15 B 16 W 17 B 18 B 19 B 20 O 21 W 22 Y 23 G 16 B 3 4 GW 5 U 6 GR 7 GO 8 RU 9 R 17 18 19 20 GU 21 GB 22 OG

14 G

15 UY

Control Module Pin Identification

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL)

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

AC1

IP101

AC1 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

18 5 U 6 GR 7 GO 8 RU 9 R 10 WB 19 20 GU 21 GB 22 OG 23 O 24 RW 11 W 25 RG 12 Y 26 OY 13 R 14 U 1 OY 15 B 2 WR

IP101 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

16 W 3 B 17 B 4 B 18 B 5 BW 19 B 6 B 20 O 7 BW 21 W 8 22 Y 9 Y 23 G 10 G

14 G

15 UY

16 B

17

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

4 GW

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL)

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

AC1
IP39

IP13

IP101

AC1 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

20 GU 7 GO 8 RU 9 R 10 WB 11 W 12 Y 13 R 1 BW 21 GB 22 OG 23 O 24 RW 25 RG 26 OY 2 B

IP135 / 2-WAY / GREEN

IP39 / 6-WAY / GREY

4 BK 1 GB 2 BO 6 BG 3 BR 14 U 1 OY 15 B 2 WR

IP101 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

16 3 B 17 4 B 18 5 19 6 20 O 7 BW 21 8 22 Y 9 Y 23 G 10 G

14 G

15 UY

16 B

17

18

19

4 GW

5 U

6 GR

Control Module Pin Identification

25

26

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

IP5 / 23-WAY / BROWN
1* WB 2 3 B 4 GU 5* WG 7 8 14 B 15 16 U 9 17 10 18 U 11 19 Y 12 20 B 13 21 WG 22 OY 23

CA86 / 23-WAY / GREY

1 OG

2 OY

3 BK

4 YB

5 B

CA86

CA87

JB172

IP6

IP5

Control Module Pin Identification

10

11

12

13

15

16 G

17 G

18 Y

19 O

20 Y

21

22 N

23 W

* NOTE: LHD shown. RHD vehicles: Pin 1 WG, Pin 5 WB.

CA87 / 23-WAY / GREEN JB172 / 23-WAY / BLUE

5 WB 7 12 20 U 21 22 23 14 15 16 17 18 U 19 20 21 B 22 23 GU 13 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Y 6 7 1 OY 2 WB 3 O 4 OY 5 O 1 B 6 4 O

IP6 / 23-WAY / WHITE

2 3 4 W 5 GR 7 8 B 16 9 G 17 BG 10 R 18 O 11 BW 19 BG 12 20 BG 13 U 21 R 22 R 23 BO

1 B

2 O

3 YB

10

11

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

14

15 Y

16 W

17 WG

18

19

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

IP11

IP1O

IP11 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

10 23 U 22 21 O 20 19 U 18 17 OY 16 15 OG 14 9 8 B 7 O 6 5 B 4 3 GB 2 1 14 1 GB 15 B 2 OY 16 B 3 WG 17 Y 4 O

IP10 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

18 G 5 B 19 U 6 G 20 WU 7 WU 21 8 WB 22 Y 9 B 23 U 10 U 24 Y 11 B 25 W 12 B 26 13

13 YU

12

11 GR

26

25 R

24 GR

Control Module Pin Identification

27

Fig. 01.1
COMPONENTS Component
BATTERY CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Connector(s)
CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52

Connector Description
8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

IGNITION SWITCH INERTIA SWITCH POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE

IP18 IP132 JB186

STEERING COLUMN LOWER RH A POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE BATTERY

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

JB3 JB130

Connector Description
14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS

Location
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS Ground
G13 G16

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Main Power Distribution

Main Power Distribution

Fig. 01.1

B B

B
G12A G12B JB160 JB180

02.1

02.2

STARTER

UY

04.1

04.2

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

BATTERY
G13AS G16AS

ENGINE GROUND

CHASSIS GROUND

G12A

BATTERY -ve POST

G12B

W
JB186-1

23
II

W
JBS42

W
JB130-5

W
IP2-1 F67 5A

TIMER

UY
JB186-2

UY
JBS41

TRANSIT ISOLATION RELAY

NOTE: JBS41 Automatic Transmission vehicles only.

OY
JB182
JB184

OY
JBS29

1 2

06.1 06.1

06.2 06.2

OY

OY

OG
JB35-32 F18 20A JB35-31

03.1

03.4
KEY-IN

UY
JB35-49 F27 10A JB35-50

R
BATTERY POWER BUS 1 BATTERY POWER BUS 2
JB35-51 F28 15A JB35-52 JB3-1

R
IP18-4

II
GO
IP18-1 IPS45

GO
IP132-1

IP132-2

GU
IP132-3 IPS44

GU
IP3-1

III
INERTIA SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH

R
JB35-6 F2 50A JB35-5

R
JB52-1

9 10
JB50-4

01.4 06.1 06.1 06.1 06.2 06.2 06.2

R
JB35-10 F4 30A JB35-9

11 12

R
JB35-14 F6 30A JB35-13

R
JB50-1

R
JB35-16 F7 50A JB35-15

R
JB52-2

13

6
BATTERY POWER BUS

01.2 01.6

01.2

01.2

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 01.2
COMPONENTS Component
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Connector(s)
CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52

Connector Description
8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA10 CA20 CA25 CA30 CA36 CA65 CA70 CA169 CA407 CA414 JB1 JB3 JB129 JB188

Connector Description
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD

Location
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX DRIVER SIDE A POST LH B/C POST RH B/C POST LH LOWER A POST BELOW RH FRONT SEAT BELOW LH FRONT SEAT BELOW THE GLOVEBOX BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Battery Power Distribution

Battery Power Distribution

Fig. 01.2

13

BATTERY POWER BUS 1

JB35-4

F1 20A

JB35-3

R
JB35-8 F3 60A JB35-7

R NR NR
17
04.1 04.2

15 05.1 16 05.1

BATTERY POWER BUS

GO

14

08.1

08.2

08.7 05.2 05.2 05.3 05.3

33 34 35

08.1 01.5 01.5

08.2

NR
JB35-12 F5 30A JB35-11 JBS63

NR

NOTE: JBS63 Automatic Transmission vehicles only.

OY
CA78-7 CA25-4 F60 20A CA78-6

OY OY
CA15-8

36 14.1 37 14.1 38 14.1 39 14.1 40 11.1 41 11.3 42 11.1 43 11.1 44 19.1 45 11.1 46 11.3 47 11.1 48 11.1 49 16.7 50 16.3 51 16.1 52 16.1 53 20.1 54 16.6 55 15.1 56 16.6 57 15.1 58 15.1 59 14.3 60 15.2 61 02.1 62 06.1 63 12.3 64 10.2

14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 11.2 11.3

GB
JB35-35 F20 5A JB35-36 JB3-12

GB R
JB3-5

18 16.6 19 08.1

16.7 08.2 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6 09.2

OY OY
CA78-12 CA30-4

R
JB35-37 F21 15A JB35-38

OY OY
CA20-8

WR
JB35-39 F22 20A JB35-40

20 21

01.3 03.2 03.4

F61 20A CA78-11

OY OG OG
CA65-15

RU
JB35-41 F23 10A JB35-42

(1)

OG OG

F66 30A

CA77-1

OY
JB35-43 F24 15A JB35-44

OY O
24
12.3 19.1

22 12.1 23 01.5

12.2 07.2

12.3 08.1

13.1 08.2

13.2 08.3

14.1 08.4

14.2 08.5

14.3 08.6

19.1 09.1 12.3 13.1 13.2

O
JB35-45 F25 15A JB35-46

(2)

OG
LSS2

OG OG

11.2

OY
JB35-47 F26 15A JB35-48

OY
F68 15A IP4-1

OY OY
CA70-15

OY
F70 30A CA78-5

(3)

OY OY

11.2

11.3

(4)

OY
RSS2

OY OY

11.2

B
BATTERY POWER BUS 2
JB34-72 F8 80A JB34-73 JB188-1

NG
26 27 28
01.6 13.1 02.1 13.2 02.2

25 03.2

03.4

NR
CA414-1

NR NR

WG
JB34-74 F9 50A JB34-75

U
JB34-76 F10 20A JB34-77

16.4 16.2 16.2 20.2 16.7 15.2 16.7 15.2 15.2

16.5 16.3 16.3 16.4 16.4

NR
F71 15A CA76-10 CAS72

NR
CA407-9

NR
PHS1

NR NR

OY
JB34-78 F29 30A JB34-79

N N
JB3-14 IPS42

N
JB34-80 F30 30A JB34-81

29 19.1
NOTE: CAS72 VICS only.

N
CA169-3

WU
JB34-82 F31 10A JB34-83

30 08.4

08.5

08.6

19.1
IP1-6

OY OY

OY OY
CA414-3

31

01.6

NR
JB34-84 F32 5A JB34-85 JB1-31

NR

32 03.1

03.3

(5)

OY
CAS60

OY OY
CA414-3

OY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
F72 15A CA78-1

(6) (7)

OY

OY NW O
CA36-14

NW
IP1-14

O
F73 15A CA78-2

NR
CA78-3 F74 15A IP1-9

NR O U U
JB129-5

O U U
IP2-15

02.2 06.2

07.1

12.1

12.2

12.3

N
F75 7.5A CA76-11

CA76-12

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

NOTATION: (1) Single Function LH Seat (2) Powered LH Seat with Heater (3) Single Function RH Seat (4) Powered RH Seat with Heater (5) CD Autochanger and Navigation (6) Navigation Only (7) CD Only

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS Component
ACCESSORY POWER RELAY CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Connector(s)
CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 IP18

Connector Description
8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK

Location
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

IGNITION SWITCH POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

STEERING COLUMN ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA129 CA170 CA230 CA240 CA241 CA407 CA414 JB129

Connector Description
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS

Location
SPARE WHEEL WELL LH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS Ground
G14

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory)

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory)

Fig. 01.3

KEY-IN

R4

4
5

NG NG
CA170-16

NG
CA240-9

1
I

I
4

20
GW GW
IPS53 JB129-18 IP18-6

WR GW

NG
CAS27

19.1 08.4 08.5 08.6 19.1

NG

2
I

R
IP18-4

B
JBS55

II
ACCESSORY POWER RELAY
G14AL

III
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX IGNITION SWITCH (1)

YU
GW
IP2-14 F69 7.5A IP4-6

YU YG

3
I

07.1 16.6 15.1 15.1 16.7 15.2 15.2

4
I

YG
IP4-5 IPS33

YG YG
CA230-1
NOTE: NAS2 VICS only.

5
I

YG

6
I

YG YG YG

7
I

YG
CA414-02 NAS2

16.7 16.6 18.1 16.3 16.1 16.4 16.2 16.5 16.3 16.4 16.7

8
I

YG
CA241-12

YG
CAS39

YG
CA129-1

9
I

YG
NOTE: CAS39 VICS, Navigation, and/or Reverse Parking Aid only.

10
I

YG
CA407-10

YG
PHS4

YG

11
I

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

NOTE: PHS4 Voice only.

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 01.4
COMPONENTS Component
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Connector(s)
CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 IP18 IP132

Connector Description
8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

IGNITION RELAY IGNITION SWITCH INERTIA SWITCH

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R18 STEERING COLUMN LOWER RH A POST

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA10 CA15 CA20 CA30 CA36 CA65 CA70 CA170 CA230 CA240 CA407 JB1 JB2 JB3 JB129 JB130

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST BELOW THE GLOVEBOX DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST RH B/C POST LH LOWER A POST BELOW RH FRONT SEAT BELOW LH FRONT SEAT LH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS Ground
G15

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run)

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run)

Fig. 01.4

KEY-IN

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX (CONTINUED)

INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY CONTINUES TO THE LEFT
IP4-10

I
4

WR
R18

WR WR WR WR WR
IPS64

R
IP18-4

31 08.7 II 32 06.1 II 33 06.2 II 34 06.1 II 35 20.1 II 36 04.1 II 37 03.2 II 38 03.2 II 39 02.1 II 40 04.1 II 41 02.1 II 42 10.1 II 43 13.1 II 44 08.3 II 45 14.1 II 46 14.1 II 47 14.2 II 48 10.2 II 49 14.1 II 50 14.2 II 51 14.1 II 52 10.2 II 53 14.3 II 54 10.1 II 55 19.1 II 56 03.2 II 57 03.1 II 58 03.2 II 59 13.1 II 60 13.1 II 61 13.1 II 62 13.1 II 63 13.1 II
03.4 03.3 03.4 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2 03.4 05.1 05.2 05.3 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6
** NOTE: WU early production vehicles.

29
5

II
GO
IP18-1 IPS45

GR
GO
IP132-1 IP132-3 IP132-2

12.1

12.2

UNLOCK DOORS

II

08.3 08.3

06.2

9 30
II

GU
IPS44

GU
IP3-1

III

INERTIA SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH (II)

-ve BUS

IGNITION RELAY
F94 20A CA75-4

WR WR WR
F80 7.5A CA75-5 CA230-14

20.2 04.2 03.4 03.4 02.2 04.2 02.2 04.1 04.1 08.3 04.2 04.2

RW RW
JB1-30 JBS21

RW RW
JB2-14 (2.5, 3.0 L) JB196-5 (2.0 L)

RW
GU
JB129-12

GU
JB1-15

GU GO
JB1-32

12 03.1 II 13 03.1 II 14 02.1 II

03.3 03.3
F92 10A

IP2-12

JB130-20

RW

NOTE: JBS21 Manual Transmission only.

GO
JB129-19

GO

N
CA76-15 CA170-14

N GB

GO
JB3-2

GO

02.2

04.1

04.2
F82 10A JB51-13

GB
JB1-2

GR
JB51-14 JB1-13

GR GR

GR
IP2-8

GO
IP1-1

GR GR
IPS63

15 02.1 II 16 17.1 II 17 17.1 II 18 17.1 II 19 05.1 II 20 12.3 II 21 05.1 II 22 08.1 II 23 01.1 II 24 04.1 II 25 16.3 II 26 11.3 II 27 11.3 II 28 16.1 II

02.2

07.1

12.3
F83 15A

JB51-15 IP4-14

O
JB3-6

GR
F84 5A IP1-8

13.2

GR
IP1-4 CA1-3

GR
CA70-3

GR G
JB3-8

GB
F62 7.5A IP1-7

GB GU GU
CA30-5 CAS20

08.4 14.2

08.5

08.6

G
F95 10A JB51-8

GU
05.2 05.3
CA78-15

GW
F96 7.5A JB51-10

GW

(LHD) GU
CA20-9

GU GU

W W W
F67 5A IP2-1 JB130-5

NOTE: CAS20 Rear Power Windows only.

(RHD)

GU
FRS4

GU GW

14.2 14.2

05.2 08.2

05.3 08.7
F91 10A CA78-14

GW GW
CAS71 CA25-5

W
JBS42

W W W

(RHD) GW
CA15-9

GW GW

NOTE: CAS71 Rear Power Windows only.

04.2 16.4 16.5

(LHD) GW
FLS3

GW WU

WR
JB51-1 CA10-11

WR
CA407-11

WR

14.1

WU
JB51-11

GB GB GB
CA240-2 CAS70 CA70-9

GB GB
CA65-9

CA78-13

CA36-12

WU** BR OY NR

F77 7.5A

IP2-6

GB

OY
F68 15A IP4-1

IP4-9

Y
F78 5A CA76-9 CA407-8

16.2

16.3

16.4
F90 7.5A CA76-16 CA78-10

NR
CA170-13

NR
JB2-2 (2.5, 3.0 L) JB196-2 (2.0 L)

NR
PAS3

NR NG GR

NG
CA10-7

NOTE: PAS3 Cruise Control only.

INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY CONTINUED FROM THE RIGHT

F81 20A

CA78-9 IP1-10

NOTE: CA10-7 2.0L only.

NOTE: The Central Junction Fuse Box incorporates a negative (ground) bus bar. Circuits completed to ground via the bus are identified by the code -ve BUS.

GR
JB51-9 JBS25

GR GR

F93 30A

GW GW
-ve BUS IP2-7 IPS70

GW
JB3-6

GW

B
CA76-5 CAS10

B
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
G15AR* G15AL

NOTE: IPS70 Later Production vehicles only.

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX (CONTINUES)

* NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 01.5
COMPONENTS Component
BATTERY SAVER RELAY CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

General Electronic Control Module Pin

PG O SG B+ CA86-5 IP5-20 IP6-1 JB172-5

Description and Characteristic

POWER GROUND: GROUND BATTERY SAVER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LOGIC GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

Connector(s)
CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172

Connector Description
8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE

Location
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R21 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA16 CA21 CA36

Connector Description
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS

Location
DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G5

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver

Fig. 01.5

23

O
JB172-5

B
3

R21

4 5

34 35

O
IP5-20

B
IP4-3

BATTERY SAVER CONTROL

BATTERY SAVER RELAY

OY OY

64 06.1 B 65 09.1 B 66 09.1 B 67 06.2 B 68 09.1 B 69 09.1 B 70 09.1 B 71 09.1 B 72 09.1 B 73 09.1 B 74 09.1 B

06.2

B
IP6-1 IP4-11

OY
IPS12

OY WR

P
CA86-5

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

G4AL

G5AS (G5AR)

OY OY OY
F99 10A
CA76-6 CA36-16

OY
RCS3

OY OY

19.1

NOTE: Battery Saver provides automatic switch-off of the Courtesy Lamps after 10 minutes and automatic switch-off of the Demand Lighting and Audible Warning after 30 minutes. GECM timers are started when the ignition key has been switched to the I (accessory) or 0 (off) position. When the timers expire at 10 and 30 minutes, the feature(s) is / are switched off. When one of the following actions is detected, all features are enabled and the battery saver timer is reset: the ignition is switched to II (run) or III (start). any door or trunk lid becomes ajar or is opened. any unlock is activated. Battery saver is also active when GECM diagnostic mode is entered. CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

OY
CA21-4

OY OY
CA16-4

OY
CA76-14 CAS30

OY

OY
NOTE: CAS30 Door Courtesy Lamps only.

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 01.6
COMPONENTS Component
EMS CONTROL RELAY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

Connector(s)

Connector Description

Location
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA5 CA10 EN4 JB1 JB187

Connector Description
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD

Location
TOP OF FUEL TANK BELOW THE GLOVEBOX ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution

Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution

Fig. 01.6

5
BATTERY POWER BUS 2

R7

WG
JB34-74 F9 50A JB34-75

26 31
JB34-90 JB34-91
D2 (EMS DIODE)

WG WU

WU B
JB1-41

WU
JB34-82 F31 10A JB34-83

03.1

03.3

ECM CONTROL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

EMS CONTROL RELAY

GW GY GU

75 03.2 E 76 03.2 E 77 03.2 E 78 03.2 E 79 03.2 E 80 03.2 E 81 03.1 E 82 03.1 E 83 03.1 E 84 03.1 E 85 03.1 E 86 03.1 E 87 03.2 E 88 04.1 E 89 03.1 E 90 03.1 E 91 03.1 E 92 03.1 E 93 03.1 E

03.4 03.4 03.4 03.4 03.4 03.4 03.3 03.3 03.3 03.3 03.3 03.3 03.4

WU
JB34-102 F41 10A JB34-103

NR

NR
JB1-33

NR
EN4-6

GR
ILS1

GR GB GN WG

WU
JB34-96 F38 30A JB34-97

WG

WG
JB1-1

WG
ENS13

WG WR

WU
JBS47 JB34-104 F42 30A JB34-105

WR

WR
JB1-9

WR
ENS4

WR NG

WU
JB34-98 F39 5A JB34-99

NG

NG
JB1-11

NG
ENS27

NG WG

WU
JB34-94 F37 15A JB34-95

WG
JBS46

WG

WG
JB187-2

WG WG WG
JB1-35

WG
ENS11

WG WG

03.3 03.3 03.3

GU GU GU WU
JB34-92 F36 10A JB34-93

GU GU
CA10-2

GU GU
CA5-10

GU GU

GU
JB1-5

GU

GU
JBS44

03.3

GU GU GU

94
E

03.1 03.2 13.1

03.4 03.4 13.2

95
E

96
E

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 02.1
COMPONENTS Component
BATTERY CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH

General Electronic Control Module Pin

S S I IP5-18 IP5-19 IP6-8

Description and Characteristic

SCP SCP + KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

Connector(s)
PA5 EN16 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 EN49 IP18 IP10 IP11 IP15 ST2 ST3 / EN700 JB156

Connector Description
2-WAY / BLACK 134-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 4-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 4-WAY / GREEN 1-WAY EYELET 1-WAY EYELET 10-WAY / BLACK

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

Instrument Cluster Pin

D D I O C C S S I I I IP10-3 IP10-4 IP10-5 IP10-6 IP10-17 IP10-18 IP10-22 IP10-23 IP11-7 IP11-8 IP11-11

Description and Characteristic

PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION PATS GROUND: GROUND PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+ CAN + CAN SCP + SCP BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ GENERATOR IGNITION SWITCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX STARTER MOTOR STARTER RELAY TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT STEERING COLUMN INSTRUMENT PANEL STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10 TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L) Pin
I I I O I O I C C EN16-006 EN16-031 EN16-031 EN16-041 EN16-053 EN16-065 EN16-079 EN16-123 EN16-124

Connector
EN700 JB1 JB2 JB129 JB145

Connector Description
1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS

Location
STARTER SOLENOID ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Description and Characteristic

ENGINE CRANK: B+ PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON CAN CAN +

GROUNDS Ground
G13 G16 G37

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L

Fig. 02.1

B
G12A

B
JB160

B
G12B

BATTERY
G13AS G16AS

KEY-IN

B
IP18-5

I
4

R
IP18-4

II
28
Y
IP18-7 JB129-11

STARTER RELAY
R10
4 5

OY Y

Y
JB1-42

III

Y
JBS34

GO

GO

IGNITION SWITCH (III)

P
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

39
II

N
JB156-10

N B
JB156-6 ST3

(AUTO)
Y
EN700-1

(1)

Y
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
EN700

(2)

(ROW)

(ROW)
ST2

B B

14
II

GO
JB2-16

(NAS)

RW
PA5-1 PA5-2

W
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH

(NAS)
JB2-12

(MAN)
STARTER MOTOR NOTATION: (1) Early production vehicles (2) Later production vehicles

B
IP6-8

S
IP5-19

Y U
IP5-18

20.2
O.K. TO START

S
SECURITY

20.2

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

Y
IP10-22

61 15
II

O
IP11-7

20.2 20.2
JB1-40

GO
EN16-41

S
B IP10-23

O START ENGINE I
CRANK ENGINE REQUEST
P, N

41
II

GR
EN49-2

B ST4

GR
IP11-11

Y
JB1-34

Y
EN16-6

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM

B
JB145-5 EN16-31

O
EN16-65

OG
EN49-3

FIELD CHARGE
EN49-1

RG
EN16-53

G
IP10-6

PATS POWER

I C
IP10-18

U
EN16-79 EN49-4

G Y
IP10-17

20.1
O.K. TO START GENERATOR WARNING

20.1 20.1

G
EN16-123

C C
EN16-124

GENERATOR LOAD

O
IP15-4 IP10-4

D D
IP10-3

20.1

GENERATOR

G
IP15-1 IP15-3

WG B
IP15-2 IP10-5

PATS GROUND

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER

G37AL (G36BL)

B
IP11-8

NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.1. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 02.2
COMPONENTS Component
BATTERY ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)

General Electronic Control Module Pin

S S I IP5-18 IP5-19 IP6-8

Description and Characteristic

SCP SCP + KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

Connector(s)
EN16 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 EN49 IP18 IP10 IP11 IP15 ST2 ST3 / EN700 JB156

Connector Description
134-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 4-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 4-WAY / GREEN 1-WAY EYELET 1-WAY EYELET 10-WAY / BLACK

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

Instrument Cluster Pin

D D I O C C S S I I I IP10-3 IP10-4 IP10-5 IP10-6 IP10-17 IP10-18 IP10-22 IP10-23 IP11-7 IP11-8 IP11-11

Description and Characteristic

PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION PATS GROUND: GROUND PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+ CAN + CAN SCP + SCP BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+

GENERATOR IGNITION SWITCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX STARTER MOTOR (EARLY PRODUCTION) STARTER RELAY TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT STEERING COLUMN INSTRUMENT PANEL STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10 TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description

1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS Location ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Location
STARTER SOLENOID ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALSGROUNDS

Engine Control Module (2.0L) Pin

I O I I O I I C C EN65-006 EN65-008 EN65-035 EN65-043 EN65-068 EN65-085 EN65-085 EN65-088 EN65-089

EN700 JB1 JB129 JB145 JB196 Ground G13 G16 G37

Description and Characteristic

ENGINE CRANK: B+ GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): B+ CAN CAN +

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L

Fig. 02.2

B
G12A

B
JB160

B
G12B

BATTERY
G13AS G16AS

KEY-IN

B
IP18-5

I
4

R
IP18-4

II
28
Y
IP18-7 JB129-11

STARTER RELAY
R10
4 5

OY Y

Y
JB1-42

III

Y
JBS34

GO

GO

IGNITION SWITCH (III)

P
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

39
II

N
JB156-10

N B
JB156-6

(AUTO)

Y
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
EN700

B
ST2

14
II

GO
JB196-4

U
JB196-6

(MAN)
STARTER MOTOR

B
IP6-8

S
IP5-19

Y U
IP5-18

20.2
O.K. TO START

S
SECURITY

20.2

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

Y
IP10-22

61 15
II

O
IP11-7

20.2 20.2
JB1-40

GO
EN65-068

O START

S
B IP10-23

ENGINE CRANK

41
II

GR
EN49-2

B ST4

GR
IP11-11

Y
JB1-34

Y
EN65-006

I ENGINE
REQUEST

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM

B
JB145-5 EN65-085

P, N

O
EN65-008

OG
EN49-3

FIELD CHARGE

RG
EN65-043 EN49-1

G
IP10-6

PATS POWER

I C
IP10-18

U
EN65-035 EN49-4

G Y
IP10-17

20.1
O.K. TO START GENERATOR WARNING

20.1 20.1

G
EN65-088

C C
EN65-089

GENERATOR LOAD

O
IP15-4 IP10-4

D D
IP10-3

20.1

GENERATOR

G
IP15-1 IP15-3

WG B
IP15-2 IP10-5

PATS GROUND

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER

G37AL (G36BL)

B
IP11-8

NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.3. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: 2.0L Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS Component
APP SENSOR BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L) Pin

O O PG PG I I I I SS SS SG SG SG SG B+ B+ B+ SG SG I I I SG O O O O SG I SG SG I O O SG O O I O O I SG I I I I I I I O SG SG I I SG O O I SG I SG I I I D O I I O O SG SG C C I I I SG B+ EN16-001 EN16-002 EN16-004 EN16-005 EN16-006 EN16-007 EN16-008 EN16-010 EN16-012 EN16-013 EN16-017 EN16-018 EN16-019 EN16-020 EN16-022 EN16-023 EN16-024 EN16-029 EN16-030 EN16-031 EN16-031 EN16-036 EN16-037 EN16-038 EN16-039 EN16-040 EN16-041 EN16-043 EN16-044 EN16-045 EN16-046 EN16-050 EN16-052 EN16-053 EN16-054 EN16-055 EN16-056 EN16-065 EN16-066 EN16-067 EN16-068 EN16-069 EN16-070 EN16-071 EN16-073 EN16-075 EN16-076 EN16-078 EN16-079 EN16-080 EN16-081 EN16-082 EN16-083 EN16-084 EN16-091 EN16-092 EN16-093 EN16-094 EN16-095 EN16-098 EN16-100 EN16-102 EN16-103 EN16-104 EN16-105 EN16-106 EN16-107 EN16-108 EN16-109 EN16-110 EN16-111 EN16-116 EN16-123 EN16-124 EN16-127 EN16-128 EN16-129 EN16-130 EN16-134

Description and Characteristic

HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE POWER GROUND 1: GROUND POWER GROUND 2: GROUND ENGINE CRANK: B+ IGNITION ON: B+ BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 V SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUND SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+ EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+ HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND 1/1: GROUND HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND 1/1: GROUND PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUND MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUND HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% 100% EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: POTENTIOMETER VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.74 V; FULL THROTTLE = 3.97 V THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.65 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.20 V ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND 2/1: GROUND HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND 2/1: GROUND HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUND HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 ms, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 ms = 0%, 77 ms = 30%, 256 ms = 100% HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 ms, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 ms = 0%, 77 ms = 30%, 256 ms = 100% BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.33 V ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 0.84 V FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% 100% BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% 100% BANK 1 FUEL INJECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUND BANK 2 FUEL INJECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUND CAN CAN + MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 0.9 V SWING HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 0.9 V SWING HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED

Connector(s)
PA1 PA3 CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 EN12 EN43 EN33 EN18 IL8 EN16 EN25 FT5 JB170 FT1 EN14 EN9 EN37 EN32 EN999 EN998 IL7 EN23 EN6 EN8 EN10 EN13 EN10 EN13 EN61 EN42

Connector Description
6-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 134-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 5-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK

Location
ABOVE ACCELERATOR PEDAL TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

CKP SENSOR CMP SENSOR 1 CMP SENSOR 2 ECT SENSOR EFT SENSOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EOT SENSOR EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE FTP SENSOR HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 IMT SOLENOID VALVE 1 IMT SOLENOID VALVE 2 IP SENSOR KNOCK SENSOR MAF SENSOR MAP SENSOR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX THROTTLE BODY THROTTLE MOTOR THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY TP SENSOR (2.5L & 3.0L) VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2

ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT ENGINE VEE, FRONT FUEL RAIL, FRONT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER REARWARD OF FUEL TANK REARWARD OF FUEL TANK TOP OF FUEL TANK BANK 1 EXHAUST BANK 2 EXHAUST BANK 1 EXHAUST BANK 2 EXHAUST INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP INTAKE MANIFOLD BOTTOM FUEL RAIL REAR ENGINE VEE ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R11 ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA5 CA10 CA170 EN4 JB1 JB2

Connector Description
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS

Location
TOP OF FUEL TANK BELOW THE GLOVEBOX LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS Ground
G8

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L Part 1

Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L Part 1

Fig. 03.1

HO2 SENSORS UPSTREAM

HO2 SENSORS DOWNSTREAM

CKP SENSOR

CMP SENSORS

KNOCK SENSOR

MAF SENSOR
IATS

ECT SENSOR

EOT SENSOR

IP SENSOR

EFT SENSOR

MAP SENSOR

FTP SENSOR*

1/1

2/1

1/2

2/2

-4 -1 -2 EN14 -4 -3 -1 -2

EN9 -4 -3 -1 -2 EN12 -1 EN12 -2 EN43 -1 EN43 -2 EN33 -1 EN33 -2 EN23 -2 -1 EN6 -1 -3 -2

-4

-5 EN18 -2

-1 EN25 -1

-2

IL7 -3

-2

-1

IL8 -1

-2 EN8 -2 -1 -4

FT1 -3 -2 -1

EN37 -3

-4 -1

-2

EN32 -3

WG

WG

GW

WG

WG

WU

WR

WR

OY BW BG

BW

P GO

GU

81 32 89
E

NR
EN16-022

I I

EN16-083 EN16-084 EN16-001 EN16-002 EN16-107 EN16-108 EN16-055 EN16-056 EN16-130

WG
EN16-023

O O

90
E

WG
EN16-024

I I

13
II

GO
EN16-007

O O

BG

RG
CA10 -18

BG

EN16-010

I I
O

ENGINE CRANK EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) GENERATOR: CHARGE GENERATOR: FIELD

02.1 01.6 02.1 02.1 02.1 02.1 02.1

Y
EN16-006

EN16-128 EN16-092 EN16-129 EN16-093 EN16-037

I
O O

B
EN16-040

VIA INERTIA SWITCH

II

OY

RG
EN16-053

CA10 -13

CA10 -19

I I

EN16-036 EN16-094 EN16-095 EN16-100

BG

RG
JB1 -14

O
EN16-065

GENERATOR: LOAD

U
EN16-079

EN16-068 EN16-069

STARTER RELAY DRIVE PARK; NEUTRAL

GO
EN16-041

I I

EN16-098 EN16-044 EN16-045 EN16-046

B
EN16-031

ENS10

I I

EN16-071 EN16-070 EN16-019

BG
ENS6 JB1-17

BG
JBS20

20.1 20.1 20.2

G
EN16-123

I
C +

Y
EN16-124

EN16-078 EN16-073 EN16-050 EN16-012

I I

W
EN16-105

OY
ENS7 JB1-18

OY
JBS45

I I

EN16-104 EN16-127 EN16-103 EN16-102 EN16-020

THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY

R11
4
5

I I

JB1-8 JB1-7 JB1-12

3 94
E

OG GU

RW
JB1-38

RW
EN16-134

EN16-013 EN16-043

GR
JB1-39

GR
EN16-052

O O O
EN16-080 EN16-106 EN16-076 EN16-075 EN16-008 EN16-067 EN16-066 EN16-039 EN16-038 EN16-110 EN16-109

ENS26

BG BG

JB1-6

JB2-4

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

RW

BG

BG

NG

NG

OY

OY

GU

EN16-116 EN61 -2 ENS1 ENS22 ENS47 -1 EN42 -2 -1 EN999 -2 -1 EN998 -2 -1 JB170 -2 -1 FT5 -2 -1

EN16-111

GU

UY

B B B B B B B B B B B B

I
EN16-017 EN16-018 EN16-004 EN16-005 EN16-030 EN16-054 EN16-082 EN16-091 EN16-029 EN16-081 P P

O O O O O O

G R Y P GO O UY OY OY G RW
85
E

JB1-23 JB1-29 JB1-10

GO O
CA170-5

GO

GO
CA10-20 -6 -7

GW
CA170-15

GW
JB2 -7 JB2 -8

JBS4

CA75 CA5 -9

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Y BG

BG

Y OY

OY BG
-4 -5 -3

JB2 -1

OY BG
57
II

JB1-3

Y R BG Y W

JB2-6 JB2-5 JB2-15

JB2-13

OY

OG

OY

12

GU

Y P RU RU Y P GO GO BR N U N UY Y P O B BG G N N GW BW BW O UY BG Y U U OY RG BW Y R BG Y BG

83
E

82
E

84
E

93
E

ILS2

BR
ENS2

BR BR BG

BG
ENS5

BG BG
EN4 -4

BR
ENS15

EN4 -11

BG

EN4 -12

EN4 -10

CA5 -6

ENS3

BG RG OY
CA5 -4 CA5 -5

BG

YG

NU

BG

BG

P RU

UY

W UY

W N

W U

86
E

91
E

92
E

NOTES: * EVAP Canister Close Valve and Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor NAS vehicles only. Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided wires.

PA3 -1

GW NR

EN13 -1

-3

-2 -4

EN10 -1

EN10 -2

PA1 -2

-6

Y
-1

-3

B
G8AL

B
G8AR

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 03.2)

BRD
1

TP1

TP2
THROTTLE MOTOR THROTTLE BODY

APP1

APP2

2
IMT SOLENOID VALVES (1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM) EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE* BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH

TP SENSOR

APP SENSOR

VVT SOLENOID VALVES

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 03.2
COMPONENTS Component
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH COOLING FAN LH COOLING FAN RH COOLING FAN MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) FUEL INJECTOR 1 FUEL INJECTOR 2 FUEL INJECTOR 3 FUEL INJECTOR 4 FUEL INJECTOR 5 FUEL INJECTOR 6 FUEL PUMP FUEL PUMP MODULE IGNITION CAPACITOR IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L) Pin

I SS SG I O I O I SG O O O O O O O O O O O O O I I I SG EN16-009 EN16-012 EN16-019 EN16-025 EN16-027 EN16-033 EN16-034 EN16-047 EN16-048 EN16-051 EN16-061 EN16-062 EN16-063 EN16-087 EN16-088 EN16-089 EN16-113 EN16-114 EN16-115 EN16-118 EN16-119 EN16-120 EN16-121 EN16-131 EN16-132 EN16-133

Description and Characteristic

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND FUEL PUMP MODULE MONITOR: PWM, 1 Hz, 50% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NORMAL, 25% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NO CONTROL SIGNAL, 75% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = FUEL PUMP INOPERATIVE FUEL PUMP MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 250 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% 51% CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% 95% IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: TRANSDUCER VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHIELD: GROUND

Connector(s)
EN30 JB106 PA2 PA4 GC2 GC1 JB188 PWM1 EN16 IL1 IL4 IL2 IL5 IL3 IL6 FT2 CA105 EN94 EN51 EN54 EN52 EN55 EN53 EN56 SW5

Connector Description
2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 5-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY 134-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY 4-WAY 4-WAY 4-WAY 4-WAY 4-WAY 4-WAY / BLACK

Location
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R6 ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL COOLING PACK LH SIDE COOLING PACK RH SIDE ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL TANK UNDER REAR SEAT LH SIDE BELOW AIR INTAKE BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE STEERING WHEEL

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA5 CA10 CA170 EN4 JB1 JB2 JB129 JB145 JB187

Connector Description
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD

Location
TOP OF FUEL TANK BELOW THE GLOVEBOX LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE

GROUNDS Ground
G8 G11 G17 G35

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON GENERATOR BRACKET PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L Part 2

Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L Part 2

Fig. 03.2

FUEL INJECTORS
FRONT OF ENGINE

IGNITION MODULES AND COILS

2 4 6

1 3 5
IL1 -1 -2 IL2 -1 -2 IL3 -1 -2 IL4 -1 -2 IL5 -1 -2 IL6 -1 -2 EN51 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN52 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN53 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN54 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN55 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

4

R6
3

RG BG

RU GU

21 95
E

GW

NW

NG

GU

GR

GN

GY

GB

NR

NU

NY

GW YG B RW

GW YG B RW

GU YG B RW

GR YG B RW

GU YG B RW

CYLINDER NUMBERING

GR YG B RW

75
E
EN4 -1 EN4 -7

76
E
EN4 -2

77
E
EN4 -8

78
E
EN4 -3

79
E
EN4 -9

80
E

37
II

RW
ENS19

RW RW RW RW RW RW RW

IGNITION CAPACITOR
JB1 -36

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

BW

BW

BG

BO

BG

BO

EN94

-1

-2

RG

B
EN30-1 EN30-2

O O O O O O O O

EN16-115 EN16-114 EN16-113 EN16-120 EN16-119 EN16-118 EN16-087 EN16-088 EN16-131 EN16-089 EN16-061 EN16-062 EN16-132 EN16-063 EN16-034 EN16-051 EN16-025 EN16-027

I
O O O

I
O O O

BG BO BG BW BW BO GU GW YG GR GU GW YG GR

B B B B B B
ENS17 ENS16

B
ENS18

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

G17AS

B
JB1 -37 G8AL

BG

25 87
E

NG WG
PWM1-2

FANS

I
O

BG WU W N
BG WG U BG OY WU YR YG

WU

WU
JB145-7 JB187-1

WU
PWM1-3

W N
BG

OG
BRD
BG
GC2-A GC2-B

EN16-133

I I

EN16-033 EN16-009 EN16-019 EN16-012

LH COOLING FAN

OY R

I I

EN16-121 EN16-047 EN16-048

GC1-B

GC1-A

RH COOLING FAN

G B
JB188-2

WG

YG

YR

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.1) NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.

BG

OY

ENS7

ENS6

G11AS

COOLING FAN MODULE

WU

JB1 -24

JB1 -25

OY

BG

JB1 -28

JB1 -4

58
YG YR
JB1 -19 JB1 -18 JB1 -17

NG
CA105-9

WG

II

W
JB145-1 CA10-15

W
CA105-7

OY

BG

JB129 -14

JB129 -13

JB2 -10

JB2 -11

N
JB1-27 CA170-2

N
CA105-1

56
JBS 45 JBS 20
II

38
II

BG
JB1-26

BRD

BG
CA170-1

BG

BRD

BG
CA105-4

W RW

U NR

BRD KB
FT2-2

W
CA105-5

WU

OY

BG

R
CA5-7

R
CA105-10

ON

RESUME SET +

SET -

CANCEL

OFF
SW5-2

B
SWS1

B
SW4-3 IP34-6

YG
CASSETTE

JB106 -3

-2

-1

PA2 -1

-2

PA4 -3

-1

FUEL PUMP

B
FT2-4

Y
CA5-8

Y
CA105-3

YR
2.2 1 510 300 180 120

YR
SW4-1 IP34-8

FUEL TANK

SW5-4

B
CA105-2

SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH

CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH*

* NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch Manual Transmission vehicles only.

G35AS

FUEL PUMP MODULE

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 03.3
COMPONENTS Component
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Engine Control Module (2.0L) Pin

I I SG SG SG I SS PG PG B+ B+ B+ I I I SG SG I SG I I I I SG D I O O O SG I I SG I I SG I SG I SG I SG O O O O O SG O SG I I I I I I SG C C SG O O O O SG O O EN65-001 EN65-002 EN65-003 EN65-004 EN65-005 EN65-006 EN65-011 EN65-018 EN65-019 EN65-021 EN65-022 EN65-023 EN65-025 EN65-026 EN65-027 EN65-028 EN65-029 EN65-030 EN65-031 EN65-034 EN65-035 EN65-036 EN65-037 EN65-038 EN65-039 EN65-043 EN65-044 EN65-046 EN65-047 EN65-048 EN65-050 EN65-051 EN65-052 EN65-053 EN65-054 EN65-055 EN65-059 EN65-060 EN65-061 EN65-062 EN65-063 EN65-064 EN65-068 EN65-069 EN65-070 EN65-071 EN65-074 EN65-075 EN65-077 EN65-078 EN65-079 EN65-080 EN65-081 EN65-085 EN65-085 EN65-086 EN65-087 EN65-088 EN65-089 EN65-091 EN65-095 EN65-096 EN65-097 EN65-098 EN65-102 EN65-103 EN65-104

Description and Characteristic

MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: TRANSDUCER VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES SENSOR GROUND: GROUND SMALL SIGNAL GROUND1: GROUND SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND ENGINE CRANK: B+ SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V POWER GROUND 2: GROUND POWER GROUND 1: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+ EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+ HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: CLOSED THROTTLE = 0.89 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.50 V SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% 95% HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100% HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100% HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND 1/2 AND 2/2: GROUND HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND 2/1: GROUND HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 0.9 V SWING HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 0.9 V SWING HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND IGNITION ON: B+ BANK 2 FUEL INJECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUND STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% 100% HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND 1/1: GROUND HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND 2/1: GROUND ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION) : NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+ BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND CAN CAN + BANK 1 FUEL INJECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUND BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% 100% BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% 100% IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (): PWM IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (+): PWM HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND 1/1: GROUND HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

Connector(s)
PA3 CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 EN12 EN43 EN33 EN18 EN65 EN25 JB170 EN14 EN9 EN37 EN32 EN87 EN999 EN998 EN23 EN6 EN8 EN88 EN61 EN42

Connector Description
3-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 104-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 5-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK

Location
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

CKP SENSOR CMP SENSOR 1 CMP SENSOR 2 ECT SENSOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EOT SENSOR EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE IMT SOLENOID VALVE 1 IMT SOLENOID VALVE 2 KNOCK SENSOR MAF SENSOR MAP SENSOR TP SENSOR (2.0L) VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2

ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT ENGINE VEE, FRONT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER REARWARD OF FUEL TANK BANK 1 EXHAUST BANK 2 EXHAUST BANK 1 EXHAUST BANK 2 EXHAUST THROTTLE ASSEMBLY INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP INTAKE MANIFOLD BOTTOM ENGINE VEE ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA10 CA170 JB1 JB196

Connector Description
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS

Location
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS

GROUNDS Ground
G8

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Engine Management: 2.0L Part 1

Engine Management: 2.0L Part 1

Fig. 03.3

HO2 SENSORS UPSTREAM

HO2 SENSORS DOWNSTREAM

CKP SENSOR

CMP SENSORS

KNOCK SENSOR

MAF SENSOR
IATS

ECT SENSOR

EOT SENSOR

MAP SENSOR

1/1

2/1

1/2

2/2

-4 -1 -2 EN14 -4 -3 -1 -2

EN9 -4 -3 -1 -2 EN12 -1 EN12 -2 EN43 -1 EN43 -2 EN33 -1 EN33 -2 EN23 -2 -1 EN6 -1 -3 -2

-4

-5 EN18 -2

-1

EN25 -1

-2

EN8 -2 -1 -4

EN37 -3

-4 -1

-2

EN32 -3

GW

WG

WG

WR

WR

81 32 89
E

NR
EN65-021

I I

EN65-051 EN65-050 EN65-077 EN65-104 EN65-026 EN65-025 EN65-076 EN65-103 EN65-055

WG
EN65-022

O O

90
E

WG
EN65-023

I I

13
II

GO
EN65-063

O O

VIA INERTIA SWITCH

12
II

GU
EN65-036

I I I
EN65-006

ENGINE CRANK EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) GENERATOR: CHARGE

02.2 01.6 02.2 02.2 02.2 02.2 02.2

EN65-053 EN65-047 EN65-054 EN65-046 EN65-062

I
O O

B
EN65-069

RG
EN65-043

I I

EN65-061 EN65-059 EN65-060 EN65-038

GENERATOR: FIELD

OG
EN65-008

GENERATOR: LOAD

U
EN65-035

EN65-086 EN65-087

STARTER RELAY DRIVE

GO
EN65-068

I I

EN65-037 EN65-030 EN65-029 EN65-031

PARK; NEUTRAL

B
EN65-085

I I

EN65-081 EN65-080 EN65-079

20.1 20.1 20.2

G
EN65-088

Y P RU RU Y P GO GO BR N U N UY Y P O B BG G N N GW BW BW O UY Y

83
E

82
E

84
E

93
E

BR
ENS2

BR BR BG

BG
ENS5

BG BG

BR
ENS15

ENS3

ENS10

Y
EN65-089

C +
EN65-003

BG
ENS6

W
EN65-039

D
EN65-011

I
O

EN65-001 EN65-097 EN65-098 EN65-028

B B B B B B B B B B B

O
EN65-004 EN65-005 EN65-018 EN65-019 EN65-048 EN65-052 EN65-102 EN65-064 EN65-075 EN65-078 EN65-091 P P

EN65-027

OY BW G R W N
GO
JB1-23

ENS7

EN65-034

GO
JBS4

GO
CA10-20

GO
-6 -7

GW
CA170-15

GW

O O O O O

EN65-074 EN65-070 EN65-071 EN65-095 EN65-096

UY OY OY G RW

JB1-10 CA75 JB196 -1

BG

OY

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

85
E

86
E

91
E

57
II

RW

BG

BG

NG

NG

OY

OY

ENS1

ENS22

ENS47

GU

UY

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 03.4)

GW NR

B
G8AL

B
G8AR

B
EN61 -2 -1 EN42 -2 -1 EN999 -2 -1 EN998 -2 -1

EN88 -1 -3

EN88 -2

EN88 -3

EN87 -1

EN87 -2

JB170 -2

-1

PA3 -1

NOTE: Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided wires.

2
IMT SOLENOID VALVES (1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM) EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE

BRD
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH TP SENSOR IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE

VVT SOLENOID VALVES

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: 2.0L Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

OY BW BG

BW

P GO

GU

BG

BG

BG

P RU

UY

W UY

W N

W U

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 03.4
COMPONENTS Component
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Engine Control Module (2.0L) Pin

I SG I SS I I O O O I O I O O O O I I O O O I O O O O EN65-002 EN65-003 EN65-007 EN65-011 EN65-012 EN65-013 EN65-014 EN65-015 EN65-016 EN65-017 EN65-020 EN65-034 EN65-040 EN65-041 EN65-042 EN65-044 EN65-056 EN65-057 EN65-065 EN65-066 EN65-067 EN65-084 EN65-092 EN65-093 EN65-094 EN65-099

Description and Characteristic

AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: TRANSDUCER VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES SENSOR GROUND: GROUND BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5) : PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6) : PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND INTELLIGENT SPEED SIGNAL (VEHICLE SPEED) : PWM, DUTY CYCLE RANGE 30% to 70 % AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% 95% SPEED CONTROL STATUS 1 ON / OFF: GROUND = ON; 5 V = OFF SPEED CONTROL STATUS 2 ACTIVE / INACTIVE: GROUND = ACTIVE; 5 V = INACTIVE FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

Connector(s)
EN30 JB106 PA2 PA3 CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 PA4 GC2 GC1 JB188 PWM1 EN65 IL1 IL4 IL2 IL5 IL3 IL6 CA415 EN94 EN51 EN54 EN52 EN55 EN53 EN56 SW5 JB161

Connector Description
2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 5-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY 104-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY 4-WAY 4-WAY 4-WAY 4-WAY 4-WAY 4-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK

Location
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R6 ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH COOLING FAN LH COOLING FAN RH COOLING FAN MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) FUEL INJECTOR 1 FUEL INJECTOR 2 FUEL INJECTOR 3 FUEL INJECTOR 4 FUEL INJECTOR 5 FUEL INJECTOR 6 FUEL PUMP (2.0L) FUEL PUMP RELAY IGNITION CAPACITOR IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL COOLING PACK LH SIDE COOLING PACK RH SIDE ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL TANK POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R11 BELOW AIR INTAKE BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE STEERING WHEEL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA5 CA10 CA170 EN4 JB1 JB129 JB145 JB187 JB196

Connector Description
12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS

Location
TOP OF FUEL TANK BELOW THE GLOVEBOX LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS

GROUNDS Ground
G8 G11 G17 G35

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON GENERATOR BRACKET PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Engine Management: 2.0L Part 2

Engine Management: 2.0L Part 2

Fig. 03.4

FUEL INJECTORS
FRONT OF ENGINE

IGNITION MODULES AND COILS

2 4 6

1 3 5
IL1 -1 -2 IL2 -1 -2 IL3 -1 -2 IL4 -1 -2 IL5 -1 -2 IL6 -1 -2 EN51 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN52 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN53 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN54 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN55 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

4

R6
3

RG BG

RU GU

21 95
E

GW

NW

NG

GU

GR

GN

GY

GB

NR

NU

NY

GW YG B RW

GW YG B RW

GU YG B RW

GR YG B RW

GU YG B RW

CYLINDER NUMBERING

GR YG B RW

75
E
EN4 -1 EN4 -7

76
E
EN4 -2

77
E
EN4 -8

78
E
EN4 -3

79
E
EN4 -9

80
E

37
II

RW
ENS19

RW RW RW RW RW RW RW

IGNITION CAPACITOR

JB1 -36

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

BW

BW

BG

BO

BG

BO

EN94

-1

-2

RG

B
EN30-1 EN30-2

O O O O O O O O

EN65-065 EN65-066 EN65-067 EN65-092 EN65-093 EN65-094 EN65-014 EN65-015 EN65-012 EN65-016 EN65-040 EN65-041 EN65-013 EN65-042 EN65-020 EN65-044 EN65-099 EN65-003 EN65-011

I
O O O

I
O O O O

BG BO BG BW BW BO GU GW YG GR GU GW YG GR

B B B B B B
ENS17 ENS16

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

G17AS

B
ENS18

B
JB1 -37 G8AL

BG

25 87
E

NG WG
PWM1-2

FANS

I I I I
O

EN65-002 EN65-084 EN65-007 EN65-034 EN65-017 EN65-057 EN65-056

BG WU GR BG OY WU WG U GO
G GU GW
JB1-23

WU
JB145-7

WU
JB187-1

WU
PWM1-3

OG
GC2-A GC2-B

LH COOLING FAN

OY R

GO
JBS4

GO
CA10-20

GO
-6 -7

GW
O
CA170 -15 JB1 -28 JB1 -4 GC1-B GC1-A

I I

CA75

RH COOLING FAN

G B
JB188-2

GW

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.3)

JB145-6

GU
JB1-38

JB161 -K

JB161 -G

O
JB161 -J

I
JB161 -C

WG U U
B

(MAN) (AUTO)
JBS50

JBS51

BG

OY

GO

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

WG

GW
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.3.
JB1-14

O
JB161 -H

I
JB161 -C

NOTE: JBS51 Speed Control vehicles only.

G11AS

COOLING FAN MODULE

I
JB161 -D JB161 -E B JB161 -F

ENS7

ENS6
JB1-39

FUEL PUMP RELAY

4

WG

WU

BG

OY

R11
3

94
E

GU

I
JB161 -A

YR YG
JB196 -1 JB196 -10

GO
CA415-1 CA170-1

GO GR

OG NG

3 59
II

I
JB161 -B

JB196 -3

JB1 -19

JB1 -18

JB1 -17

FUEL PUMP
CA415-5

57
II

56
II

38
II

GW NR

W RW

U NR

SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

FUEL TANK
G35AS

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

WU

YG
ON RESUME SET + SET CANCEL OFF
SW5-2

B
SWS1

B
SW4-3 IP34-6

YG
JB129-14

PA3 -1

-3

PA2 -1

-2

PA4 -3

-1

JB106 -3

-2

BG
-1

CASSETTE

JBS55

YR
2.2 1 510 300 180 120

YR
SW4-1 IP34-8 JB129-13

YR

B
G14AL

OY

SW5-4

* NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch Manual Transmission vehicles only.

SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH

CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH*

AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: 2.0L Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 04.1
COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission Component
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION IGNITION SWITCH J GATE ASSEMBLY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX TCM RELAY TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

Transmission Control Module Pin

O O I B+ I I PG O C C O O O SG O SG I I I I I I C C B+ PG I I I O O B+ JB131-03 JB131-04 JB131-05 JB131-06 JB131-07 JB131-08 JB131-09 JB131-10 JB131-12 JB131-13 JB131-14 JB131-15 JB131-16 JB131-17 JB131-18 JB131-20 JB131-21 JB131-24 JB131-25 JB131-26 JB131-27 JB131-30 JB131-33 JB131-34 JB131-36 JB131-38 JB131-39 JB131-45 JB131-47 JB131-52 JB131-53 JB131-54

Description and Characteristic

2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 95% 2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ RANGE SENSOR 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT RANGE SENSOR 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT POWER GROUND: GROUND REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE CAN 1 CAN 2 SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 95% SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 95% SENSOR GROUND: GROUND INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION* TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION RANGE SENSOR N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT RANGE SENSOR R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT RANGE SENSOR D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT RANGE SENSOR P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT CAN + 1 CAN + 2 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES D 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVATED = GROUND MODE SWITCH: SPORT SELECTED = GROUND SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

Connector(s)
JB155 IP18 IP14 JB131 JB156

Connector Description
18-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / GREEN 37-WAY / BLUE 10-WAY / BLACK

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT STEERING COLUMN CENTER CONSOLE ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8 LOWER LH A POST TOP OF TRANSMISSION

COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission Component

CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH

Connector(s)
PA4 PA5 EN16 EN86 EN85

Connector Description
5-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 134-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK

Location
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE DIFFERENTIAL OUTPUT SHAFT HOUSING TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

JB1 JB2 JB129 JB130 JB145

Connector Description
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS

Location
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS Ground
G14 G15 G37

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

* IN 1ST 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L) Pin

SG I I I EN16-019 EN16-026 EN16-031 EN16-033

Description and Characteristic

SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND MANUAL TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 26 PULSES PER TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production

Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production

Fig. 04.1

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES TCM RELAY

4

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR TURBINE SPEED SENSOR INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TIMING SOLENOIDS

R8
3

SHIFT SOLENOIDS

PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOIDS (DUTY CYCLE)

P R N D 2 3 P N

WU
F40 15A

WR

NR W

17
REDUCTION 2 / 4 BRAKE
II

LINE LOW CLUTCH

A B C

JBS55

B
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G14AL JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 -18 -9 -10 -11 JB155 -17

2 / 4 BRAKE

24
TCC

B
JB155 -15 JB155 -16 JB155 -12 JB155 -14 JB155 -13 JB155 JB155 -7 -8 JB155 -2 JB155 -1 JB155 -4 JB155 -3 JB155 -6 JB155 -5 JB156-6

02.1

ECM: STARTER CIRCUIT

WU
JBS65 JB131-36

JB131-17

O
B

JB131-15 JB131-14 JB131-52 JB131-16 JB131-18 JB131-03 JB131-53 JB131-10 JB131-04 JB131-39 JB131-20

WU
JB131-54

BRD

BRD

O O

BRD

UY
JB131-6

O O O

20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1

G
JB131-12

O O

Y
JB131-33

C +

G
JB131-13

I I

JB131-24 JB131-21 JB131-05 JB131-30 JB131-26 JB131-25 JB131-27 JB131-08 JB131-07 JB131-45 JB131-47 JB131-09 JB131-38

Y
JB131-34

C +

I I I I I I I I I
P P

B B N G O R G Y W U W B N N N U G W Y R O BW OY B B

B
JB156-10

39
II

JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 -9 -7 -2 -1 -3 -4

JB156 -8

B B

B
JBS35

JBS55

B
G14AL

OY
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
G15BR G15BL IP14-6 JB129-10

OY BW
JB130-6

MODE SWITCH
IP14-5

BW

D4 SWITCH

Y
IP14-4

07.2

GECM: KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING

(ROW)

(ROW)
B

NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH
I O
IP14-16

EN16-031

B
JB145-5

B
JB2-12

(NAS)

W
PA5-2 PA5-1

RW
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH

(NAS)
JB2-16

GO

14
II

U
IP18-3 IP18-4

R
KEY LOCK SOLENOID

EN16-033

WG
JB1-4

WG
JB2-11

P R

EN16-026 EN16-019

WU BG
ENS6

88
E

38
II

40
II

GB
EN85-01

GB
EN85-02

N
08.3
REVERSE LAMPS

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID

O
B IP14-1

IGNITION SWITCH

WG

W RW

WU

REVERSE LAMP SWITCH

BG

WR
G
IP14-10

2 3

36
II

C + C
IP14-9

20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1 09.2

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION

EN86

-1

-2

-3

PA4 -3

-1

Y G
IP14-12

H
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
G37BL

CAN MESSAGES: GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS BRAKE ON / OFF

B
IPS68

B
IP14-2

+ C
IP14-11

Y O
IP14-3

OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH MANUAL TRANSMISSION

J GATE ASSEMBLY

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles VIN RANGE: All Production Vehicles Early DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 04.2
COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission Component
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION IGNITION SWITCH J GATE ASSEMBLY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX TCM RELAY TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

Transmission Control Module Pin

O O I B+ I I PG O C C O O O SG O SG I I I I I I C C B+ PG I SG SG I SG I O O B+ JB131-03 JB131-04 JB131-05 JB131-06 JB131-07 JB131-08 JB131-09 JB131-10 JB131-12 JB131-13 JB131-14 JB131-15 JB131-16 JB131-17 JB131-18 JB131-20 JB131-21 JB131-24 JB131-25 JB131-26 JB131-27 JB131-30 JB131-33 JB131-34 JB131-36 JB131-38 JB131-39 JB131-42 JB131-44 JB131-45 JB131-46 JB131-47 JB131-52 JB131-53 JB131-54

Description and Characteristic

2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 95% 2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ RANGE SENSOR 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT RANGE SENSOR 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT POWER GROUND: GROUND REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE CAN 1 CAN 2 SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 95% SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 95% SENSOR GROUND: GROUND INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION* TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION RANGE SENSOR N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT RANGE SENSOR R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT RANGE SENSOR D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT RANGE SENSOR P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT CAN + 1 CAN + 2 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES SENSOR GROUND: GROUND SENSOR GROUND: GROUND D 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVATED = GROUND SENSOR GROUND: GROUND MODE SWITCH: SPORT SELECTED = GROUND SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

Connector(s)
JB155 IP18 IP14 JB131 JB156

Connector Description
18-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / GREEN 37-WAY / BLUE 10-WAY / BLACK

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT STEERING COLUMN CENTER CONSOLE ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8 LOWER LH A POST TOP OF TRANSMISSION

COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission Component

CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH

Connector(s)
PA4 PA5 EN65 EN16 EN85

Connector Description
5-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 104-WAY / BLACK 134-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK

Location
TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

JB1 JB2 JB129 JB130 JB145

Connector Description
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS

Location
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS Ground
G14 G15 G37

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

* IN 1ST 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. Engine Control Module (2.0L) Pin
I I EN65-084 EN65-085

Description and Characteristic

CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L) Pin

I I EN16-031 EN16-033

Description and Characteristic

CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production

Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production

Fig. 04.2

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES TCM RELAY

4

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR TURBINE SPEED SENSOR INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TIMING SOLENOIDS

R8
3

SHIFT SOLENOIDS

PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOIDS (DUTY CYCLE)

P R N D 2 3 P N

WU
F40 15A

WR

NR W

17
REDUCTION
II

LINE LOW CLUTCH

A B C

JBS55

G14AL

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 -18 -9 -10 -11 JB155 -17 JB155 -15 JB155 -16 JB155 -12 JB155 -14 JB155 -13 JB155 JB155 -7 -8 JB155 -2 JB155 -1 JB155 -4 JB155 -3 JB155 -6 JB155 -5

TCC

2 / 4 BRAKE

2 / 4 BRAKE

24

B
JB156-6

02.1

02.2

ECM: STARTER CIRCUIT

WU
JBS65 JB131-36

JB131-17

O
B

JB131-15 JB131-14 JB131-52 JB131-16 JB131-18 JB131-03 JB131-53 JB131-10 JB131-04 JB131-39 JB131-20

WU
JB131-54

O O O

UY
JB131-6

O O O

20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1

G
JB131-12

O O

Y
JB131-33

C +

G
JB131-13

JB131-24 JB131-44

Y
JB131-34

C +

JB131-21 JB131-46

JB131-05 JB131-42

I I I I I I I I
P P

JB131-30 JB131-26 JB131-25 JB131-27 JB131-08 JB131-07 JB131-45 JB131-47 JB131-09 JB131-38

B B N G O R G Y W U W B N U N O N Y U G W Y R O BW OY B B
G15BR

N
JB156-10

39
II

BRD

BRD

BRD

JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 -9 -7 -2 -1 -3 -4

JB156 -8

JBS55

B
G14AL

G15BL IP14-6

OY
JB129-10

OY BW
JB130-6

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

MODE SWITCH
IP14-5

BW

(ROW)

(ROW)

D4 SWITCH
IP14-4

Y
NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH

07.2

GECM: KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING

EN16-031

B
JB145-5

B
JB2-12

(NAS)

W
PA5-2 PA5-1

RW
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH

(NAS)
JB2-16

GO

14
II

(2.5L, 3.0L) B

I O
IP14-16

EN65-085

B
JB145-5

B
JB196-6

U
JB196-4

GO

14
II

U
IP18-3 IP18-4

R
KEY LOCK SOLENOID

(2.0L)

EN16-033

WG
JB1-4

WG
JB2-11

(2.5 L, 3.0L) (2.0 L)

JB196-3

P R
38
II

EN65-084

WG
JB1-4

WG

N D
40
II

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID

O
B IP14-1

IGNITION SWITCH

W RW

GB
EN85-01

GB
EN85-02

08.3

REVERSE LAMPS

WR
G
IP14-10

2 3

36
II

PA4 -3

-1

REVERSE LAMP SWITCH

C + C
IP14-9

20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1 09.2

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION

Y G
IP14-12

CAN MESSAGES: GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS BRAKE ON / OFF

B
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.1 or Fig. 03.3.
G37BL IPS68

B
IP14-2

+ C
IP14-11

Y O
IP14-3

CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH MANUAL TRANSMISSION

J GATE ASSEMBLY

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles (Later Production) VIN RANGE: All Production Vehicles Later DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 05.1
COMPONENTS Component
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC) CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Anti-Lock Braking Control Module Pin

PG B+ PG B+ I SS I SS I B+ C O O I I C JB45-01 JB45-02 JB45-05 JB45-06 JB45-12 JB45-13 JB45-14 JB45-15 JB45-16 JB45-23 JB45-24 JB45-28 JB45-30 JB45-31 JB45-32 JB45-40

Description and Characteristic

MOTOR GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY MOTOR: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ CAN + LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED CAN

Connector(s)
JB45 PA3 JB195 CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 VM1 VM2 VM3 VPU LF1 CA55 RF1 CA60

Connector Description
42-WAY / BROWN 3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY 8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL ADJACENT TO MODULATOR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

VACUUM MODULE

UNDER BATTERY TRAY

VACUUM PUMP

ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO LH FRONT WHEEL HUB LH REAR WHEEL HUB RH FRONT WHEEL HUB RH REAR WHEEL HUB

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RH REAR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA10 CA170 JB2 JB15 JB133 VP1

Connector Description
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD 2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD

Location
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR

GROUNDS Ground
G14 G18

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Anti-Lock Braking

Anti-Lock Braking

Fig. 05.1

LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

H
LF1 -2 LF1 -1 RF1 -2

H
RF1 -1

CA55 -2

CA55 -1

CA60 -2

CA60 -1

WU

GB

WG

NG

JB133 -1

JB133 -2

JB15 -1

JB15 -2

CA170 -6

CA170 -7

CA10 -16

CA10 -17

19
II

GW
JB45-23

JB45-12 JB45-28

JB45-16 JB45-15

CAN

DRIVER WARNINGS; VEHICLE SPEED; ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION

20.1 20.1

Y
JB45-24

I
C

JB45-14 JB45-13

G
JB45-40

JB45-31 JB45-30

I
P

JB45-32 JB45-05

W N WR NR WU GB WG NG GO B

GO
JBS4 CA10-20

GO
-6 -7

GW

R
15

R
JBS27

JB45-2

MOTOR

CA75

R
JB45-6

SOLENOIDS

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

R
JB195-1

PRESSURE PUMP

VACUUM PUMP

GW
CA170 -15

B
JB195-2

CAPACITOR
MOTOR P
JB45-01

B
VPU -1 VPU -2

GW
JB2 -1

R
21
II

S
57
II

16
VP1 -1 VP1 -2

B GO
VM2 -1 VM1 -1

W NR
VM1 -5 VM2 -2

R
VM3 -1

S
VM3 -2

GW

NR

PA3 -1

PA3 -3

CONTROL VALVES ANTI-LOCK BRAKING CONTROL MODULE

JBS66

Activates Vacuum Pump if Intake Manifold vacuum falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg); switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).

B
G18AR G18AL

B
G14AL

VACUUM MODULE *

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH

* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit early production vehicles only.

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L ABS Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 05.2
COMPONENTS Component
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC) CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Dynamic Stability Control Control Module Pin

PG B+ PG B+ I SS I SS I SG B+ C SG I I O O I I SS C SS JB185-01 JB185-02 JB185-05 JB185-06 JB185-12 JB185-13 JB185-14 JB185-15 JB185-16 JB185-21 JB185-23 JB185-24 JB185-25 JB185-26 JB185-27 JB185-28 JB185-30 JB185-31 JB185-32 JB185-39 JB185-40 JB185-42

Description and Characteristic

MOTOR GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY MOTOR: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION SENSOR GROUND YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ CAN + SENSOR GROUND BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR: GROUND BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ CAN BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V

Connector(s)
PA3 JB89 JB195 CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 JB185 IP29 IP19 VM1 VM2 VM3 VPU LF1 CA55 LR1 RF1 CA60 RR1 IP20

Connector Description
3-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY 8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 42-WAY / BLUE 6-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK

Location
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL ON DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULATOR ADJACENT TO MODULATOR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH STEERING ANGLE SENSOR VACUUM MODULE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL STEERING COLUMN UNDER BATTERY TRAY

VACUUM PUMP WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LH FRONT (ALL) WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LH REAR (2.5L & 3.0L) WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LH REAR (2.0L) WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RH FRONT (ALL) WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RH REAR (2.5L & 3.0L) WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RH REAR (2.0L) YAW RATE SENSOR

ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO LH FRONT WHEEL HUB LH REAR WHEEL HUB LH REAR WHEEL HUB RH FRONT WHEEL HUB RH REAR WHEEL HUB RH REAR WHEEL HUB BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA10 CA55 CA60 CA170 JB2 JB15 JB129 JB130 JB133 JB196 VP1

Connector Description
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD

Location
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX LH REAR WHEEL HUB RH REAR WHEEL HUB LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR

GROUNDS Ground
G14 G18 G37

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Dynamic Stability Control

Dynamic Stability Control

Fig. 05.2

YAW RATE SENSOR

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR

LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

H
IP19 -1 IP19 -2 JB89 -2 JB89 -3 JB89 -1 LF1 -2 LF1 -1 RF1 -2

H
RF1 -1

H
LR1 -2

H
LR1 -1 RR1 -2

H
RR1 -1

IP20 -3

IP20 -2

IP20 -1

IP20 -4

IP19 -3

IP19 -4

Y
20.1 CAN
YAW RATE

U GW B***

U GW B***
IPS6 IPS7

WG

GB

20.1 20.1
STEERING ANGLE

CA55 -2

CA55 -1

CA60 -2

CA60 -1

CA55 -2

CA55 -1

CA60 -2

CA60 -1

20.1

U GW B***

WU

GB

WG

NG

WU

GB

WG

NG

*** NOTE: B early production vehicles.

JB129 JB129 -9 -16 JB133 -1 JB133 -2 JB15 -1 JB15 -2 CA170 -6 CA170 -7 CA10 -16 CA10 -17 CA170 -6 CA170 -7 CA10 -16 CA10 -17

19
II

GW
JB185-23

JB185-21 JB185-39

JB185-26 JB185-42 JB185-25

DRIVER WARNINGS; VEHICLE SPEED; ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION

20.1 20.1

Y
JB185-24

G
JB185-40

JB185-12 JB185-28

JB185-16 JB185-15

JB185-14 JB185-13

B
IPS68

B
IP29-5 IP29-2

B
JB130-7

B
JB185-27

I I

JB185-31 JB185-30

G37BL

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH

I
P

JB185-32 JB185-05

B*** U GW WG GB B W N WR NR WU GB WG NG GO B

GO
JBS4 CA10-20

GO
-6 -7

GW

R
15

2.0L VEHICLES MOTOR

CA75

R
JBS68

JB185-2

R
JB185-6

SOLENOIDS

PRESSURE PUMP

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

R
JB195-1

VACUUM PUMP
MOTOR P
JB185-01

GW
CA170 -15

B
JB195-2

CAPACITOR **

GW
** NOTE: Capacitor and circuit early production vehicles only.
VPU -1 VPU -2 JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L) JB196-1 (2.0 L)

R
21
II

S
57
II

16
VP1 -1 VP1 -2

B GO
VM2 -1 VM1 -1

W NR
VM1 -5 VM2 -2

R
VM3 -1

S
VM3 -2

GW

NR

PA3 -1

PA3 -3

CONTROL VALVES DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

JBS67

Activates Vacuum Pump if Intake Manifold vacuum falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg); switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).

B
G18AR G18AL

B
G14AL

VACUUM MODULE * * NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit 2.0L vehicles and early production 2.5L and 3.0L vehicles only.

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: DSC Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 05.3
COMPONENTS Component
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC) CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Anti-Lock Braking Control Module Pin

PG B+ PG B+ I SS I SS I B+ C I O O I I C JB197-01 JB197-02 JB197-05 JB197-06 JB197-12 JB197-13 JB197-14 JB197-15 JB197-16 JB197-23 JB197-24 JB197-27 JB197-28 JB197-30 JB197-31 JB197-32 JB197-40

Description and Characteristic

MOTOR GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY MOTOR: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ CAN + TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED CAN

Connector(s)
JB197 PA3 JB195 CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 IP29 VM1 VM2 VM3 VPU LF1 LR1 RF1 RR1

Connector Description
42-WAY / BROWN 3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY 8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL ADJACENT TO MODULATOR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH VACUUM MODULE

INSTRUMENT PANEL UNDER BATTERY TRAY

VACUUM PUMP

ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO LH FRONT WHEEL HUB LH REAR WHEEL HUB RH FRONT WHEEL HUB RH REAR WHEEL HUB

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RH REAR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA10 CA55 CA60 CA170 JB15 JB130 JB133 JB196 VP1

Connector Description
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD

Location
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX LH REAR WHEEL HUB RH REAR WHEEL HUB LH LOWER A POST BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR

GROUNDS Ground
G14 G18 G37

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control

Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control

Fig. 05.3

LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

H
LF1 -2 LF1 -1 RF1 -2

H
RF1 -1 LR1 -2

H
LR1 -1 RR1 -2

H
RR1 -1

CA55 -2

CA55 -1

CA60 -2

CA60 -1

WU

GB

WG

NG

JB133 -1

JB133 -2

JB15 -1

JB15 -2

CA170 -6

CA170 -7

CA10 -16

CA10 -17

19
II

GW
JB197-23

CAN

DRIVER WARNINGS; VEHICLE SPEED; ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION

20.1 20.1

Y
JB197-24

JB197-12 JB197-28

G
JB197-40

JB197-16 JB197-15

JB197-14 JB197-13

B
IPS68

B
IP29-5 IP29-2

B
JB130-7

B
JB197-27

JB197-31 JB197-30

G37BL

TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH

I
P

JB197-32 JB197-05

W N WR NR WU GB WG NG GO B

GO
JBS4 CA10-20

GO
-6 -7

GW

R
15

R
JBS69

JB197-2

MOTOR SOLENOIDS

CA75

R
JB197-6

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

R
JB195-1

B
JB195-2

PRESSURE PUMP

VACUUM PUMP

GW
CA170 -15

CAPACITOR
MOTOR P
JB197-01

B
VPU -1 VPU -2

GW
JB196 -1

R
21
II

S
57
II

16
VP1 -1 VP1 -2

B GO
VM2 -1 VM1 -1

W NR
VM1 -5 VM2 -2

R
VM3 -1

S
VM3 -2

GW

NR

PA3 -1

PA3 -3

CONTROL VALVES ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

JBS70

Activates Vacuum Pump if Intake Manifold vacuum falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg); switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).

B
G18AR G18AL

B
G14AL

VACUUM MODULE

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: 2.0L ABS/TC Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 06.1
COMPONENTS Component
AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL)

Air Conditioning Control Module: Manual Pin

O O O O O O O O O O I I SG O O O O O O O B+ B+ O O I C C B+ PG I C C O PG O O O O O AC1-04 AC1-05 AC1-06 AC1-07 AC1-08 AC1-09 AC1-10 AC1-11 AC1-12 AC1-13 AC1-14 AC1-15 AC1-16 AC1-20 AC1-21 AC1-22 AC1-23 AC1-24 AC1-25 AC1-26 IP101-01 IP101-02 IP101-03 IP101-04 IP101-07 IP101-09 IP101-10 IP101-14 IP101-15 IP101-20 IP101-22 IP101-23 IP135-1 IP135-2 IP39-1 IP39-2 IP39-3 IP39-4 IP39-6

Description and Characteristic

FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES SENSOR GROUND: GROUND DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+ IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BLOWER SPEED SENSE: B+ WHEN BLOWER OFF, 0 V WHEN BLOWER RUNNING CAN + CAN BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE CAN + CAN BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 1: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BLOWER GROUND: GROUND BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 6: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 4: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 2: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 3: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 5: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

Connector(s)
AC1 IP39 IP101 IP135 AC2 IP58 IP121 CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 AC4 AC6 FL5 FR4 AC5 AC7 ZA1 ZA10 AC3 JB95 JB96

Connector Description
26-WAY / YELLOW 6-WAY / GREY 26-WAY / YELLOW 2-WAY / GREY 6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / GREY 6-WAY / GREY 8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK

Location
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R20 BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL

AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR BLOWER (MANUAL) BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE / LHD, LH SIDE / RHD ADJACENT TO BLOWER MOTOR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR DOOR MIRROR LH DOOR MIRROR RH EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR HEATED REAR WINDOW HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX WINDSHIELD HEATER LH WINDSHIELD HEATER RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY

RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT LH FRONT DOOR RH FRONT DOOR RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (LHD) RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (RHD) REAR WINDOW CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R19 RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE WINDSHIELD WINDSHIELD POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R2

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA15 CA20 CA127

Connector Description
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATED REAR WINDOW

Location
DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST BEHIND LH E POST TRIM

GROUNDS NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. Ground
G3 G4 G14 G15 G36 G37

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH E POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters

Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters

Fig. 06.1

DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR

DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

NOTE: The A/CCM incorporates the control panel for the Climate Control System.
AC6 -2 AC6 -1 AC5 -1

C4 C1 C3 C2 C4 C1 C3 C2 C4 C1 C3 C2

AC5 -2

(LHD) AC7 -4 (RHD) AC7 -2

AC7 -2 AC7 -4

AC4 -6

AC4 -1

AC4 -3

AC4 -4

AC4 -5

AC3 -6

AC3 -1

AC3 -3

AC3 -4

AC3 -5

AC2 -6

AC2 -1

AC2 -3

AC2 -4

AC2 -5

UY 62 64
B

GW

GB

GR

GU

GO

RU

OG

OY

RG

WB RW

U
IP101-14

AC1-15 AC1-16

OY
IP101-1

I
O

AC1-14 AC1-04 AC1-05 AC1-21 AC1-06 AC1-20 AC1-07 AC1-13 AC1-23 AC1-08 AC1-22 AC1-09 AC1-26 AC1-25 AC1-10 AC1-24 AC1-11 AC1-12

32
II

WR
IP101-2

O O O

20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1

Y
IP101-9

O O

G
IP101-10

O O

Y
IP101-22

O O

G
IP101-23

O O O

CONTROL PANEL ILLUMINATION

09.2

O
IP101-20

O O O O

UY B G GW U GB GR GU GO R O RU OG R OY RG WB RW W Y B B BW BW

ACS2

O O

IP101-04 IP101-03 IP101-07

B
IP101-15 G37BR

P
A/CCM

IP135-01

GO
IPS55

GO
CA15-17 FL5-9 FL5-10

B
FLS1

B
CA15-2

B
CAS10

B
G15AR

JB130 -21

O O O O O

IP39-03 IP39-04 IP39-02 IP39-06 IP39-01

BR BK BO BG GB
IPS37 F98 10A CA76-1

LH DOOR MIRROR

GO
CAS84

GO
CA20-17

GO
FR4-9 FR4-10

B
FRS1

B
CA20-2

B
G4AL

B
IP135-2 G36AR

P BLOWER

HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY

GB
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
IP58-2

GB

BW 10 11

4 5

R19
3

+ve WAVE TRAP

RH DOOR MIRROR

GU
CA77-2 CA127-1

GU

GU
ZA1-1 ZA10-1

B
G3BS

B
IP2-13

IP121-2

IP121-5

IP121-6

IP121-4

IP121-3

IP121-1

HEATED REAR WINDOW

BLOWER

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

6
AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY
4

1
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
R2

IP58-1

BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR

R
JB35-21 F13 30A JB35-22

GU
JB96-1 JB96-2

B
G14BR

R20
3

12

OY
IP3-2

1 2 34
II

OY OY

R
JBS28

B R
JB35-25 F15 30A JB35-26

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER

WR
IP2-16

GW
JB95-1 JB95-2

B
G14BL

-ve BUS

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER NOTES: Refer to Fig. 03.2 or 03.4 for A/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits. Check market specification for fitment of Heated Windshield.

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Manual Climate Control Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 06.2
COMPONENTS Component
AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL) AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE) AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR BLOWER (AUTOMATIC) CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Air Conditioning Control Module: Automatic Pin

O O O O O O O O O O I I I O O O O O O O B+ B+ O O I O I C C B+ PG I SG I I I O C C AC1-04 AC1-05 AC1-06 AC1-07 AC1-08 AC1-09 AC1-10 AC1-11 AC1-12 AC1-13 AC1-14 AC1-15 AC1-16 AC1-20 AC1-21 AC1-22 AC1-23 AC1-24 AC1-25 AC1-26 IP101-01 IP101-02 IP101-03 IP101-04 IP101-05 IP101-06 IP101-07 IP101-09 IP101-10 IP101-14 IP101-15 IP101-16 IP101-17 IP101-18 IP101-19 IP101-20 IP101-21 IP101-22 IP101-23

Description and Characteristic

FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES SENSOR GROUND: GROUND DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+ IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVE: PERMANENTLY CONNECTED TO GROUND; A/CCM MONITORS CIRCUIT FOR MOTOR RUNNING CONDITION BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL: PWM, 400 Hz, APPROXIMATELY 8% 90%; HIGHER DUTY CYCLE = HIGHER BLOWER SPEED BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SENSE: FREQUENCY = RPM / 20; FREQUENCY PROPORTIONAL TO BLOWER SPEED CAN + CAN BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES SENSOR GROUND: GROUND SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: DARKER = HIGHER VOLTAGE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 5 V: NTC SENSOR VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ CAN + CAN

Connector(s)
AC1 IP101 AC1 IP101 AC2 JB105 IP134 CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 AC4 AC6 FL5 FR4 AC5 AC7 ZA1 ZA10 IP66 AC3 IP38 JB95 JB96

Connector Description
26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK

Location
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R20 BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT FRONT CROSS MEMBER, ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR DOOR MIRROR LH DOOR MIRROR RH EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR HEATED REAR WINDOW HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX SOLAR SENSOR WINDSHIELD HEATER LH WINDSHIELD HEATER RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY

RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT LH FRONT DOOR RH FRONT DOOR RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (LHD) RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (RHD) REAR WINDOW CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R19 BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER RIGHT RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE TOP CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL WINDSHIELD WINDSHIELD POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R2

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA15 CA20 CA127 JB3 JB130

Connector Description
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATED REAR WINDOW 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS

Location
DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST BEHIND LH E POST TRIM BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

GROUNDS Ground
G3 G4 G14 G15 G36 G37

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH E POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters

Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters

Fig. 06.2

DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR

DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

SOLAR SENSOR

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

NOTE: Vehicles without Navigation Touch Screen the A/CCM incorporates the Control Panel for the Climate Control System. Vehicles with Navigation Touch Screen The A/CCM is remotely mounted on the Climate Control Unit. Driver control inputs are received via Network communication.

AC6 -2 AC6 -1 AC5 -1

C4 C1 C3 C2 C4 C1 C3 C2 C4 C1 C3 C2

(LHD) AC7 -4 (RHD) AC7 -2 AC7 -2 AC7 -4 AC4 -6 AC4 -1 AC4 -3 AC4 -4 AC4 -5 AC3 -6 AC3 -1 AC3 -3 AC3 -4 AC3 -5 AC2 -6 AC2 -1 AC2 -3 AC2 -4 AC2 -5 IP66 -3 IP66 -4 IP66 -2 IP66 -1 IP38 -1 IP38 -2

JB105 JB105 -2 -1

AC5 -2

UY 62 64
B

GW

GB

GR

GU

GO

RU

OG

OY

RG

WB RW

WR BW

U
IP101-14

AC1-15 AC1-16

OY
IP101-1

I
O

AC1-14 AC1-04 AC1-05 AC1-21 AC1-06 AC1-20 AC1-07 AC1-13 AC1-23 AC1-08 AC1-22 AC1-09 AC1-26 AC1-25 AC1-10 AC1-24 AC1-11 AC1-12

32
II

WR
IP101-2

O O O

20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1

Y
IP101-9

O O

G
IP101-10

O O

Y
IP101-22

O O

G
IP101-23

O O O

CONTROL PANEL ILLUMINATION *

09.2

O
IP101-20

O O O

* NOTE: Control Panel Illumination circuit not used on Touch Screen vehicles.

UY B G GW U GB GR GU GO R O RU OG R OY RG WB RW W Y BW W B B B B B B BW W B

67
ACS2
II

33
II

JB3 -9

JB3 -10

NOTE: 33 early production vehicles.

B
IPS27

IP101-05 IP101-16 IP101-17

I I
O O O

IP101-18 IP101-19 IP101-04 IP101-03 IP101-06 IP101-07 IP101-21 IP101-15

** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

GO
CA15-17 JB130 -21

GO
FL5-9 FL5-10

B
FLS1

B
CA15-2

B
CAS10

B
G15AL G15AR**

I
O
P

LH DOOR MIRROR

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

G37BR F98 10A CA76-1

GO
CAS84

GO
CA20-17

GO
FR4-9 FR4-10

B
FRS1

B
CA20-2

B
G4AL

HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY

4

R19
3

+ve WAVE TRAP

RH DOOR MIRROR

10 11
AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY
4

GU
CA77-2 CA127-1

GU

GU
ZA1-1 ZA10-1

B
G3BS

B
IP2-13

HEATED REAR WINDOW

R20
3

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

12

OY
IP3-2

OY
IP134-2 (LHD) IP134-1 (RHD)

B+

W
IP2-16

B
IP134-6 (LHD) IP134-4 (RHD)

WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY

CONTROL

R
JB35-21 F13 30A JB35-22

GU
JB96-1 JB96-2

B
G14BR

-ve BUS

R2

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

BW
IP134-3 (LHD) IP134-5 (RHD)

1
SENSE

OY OY

R
JBS28

B R GW
JB35-25 F15 30A JB35-26 JB95-1

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER

B
IP134-1 (LHD) IP134-2 (RHD) G36AR

B
JB95-2 G14BL

BLOWER

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER NOTES: Refer to Fig. 03.2 or Fig. 03.4 for A/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits. Check market specification for fitment of Heated Windshield.

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Automatic Climate Control Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 07.1
COMPONENTS Component
BRAKE FLUID SWITCH FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 (2.5L & 3.0L)

General Electronic Control Module Pin

S S I IP5-18 IP5-19 IP6-18

Description and Characteristic

SCP SCP + SEAT BELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND

Connector(s)
JB70 FT2 FT3 CA415 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 IP10 IP11 IP17 EN19 CA165 IP74 IP53 JB103

Connector Description
3-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 16-WAY / BLACK 1-WAY / BLACK 40-WAY / BLACK 24-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / BLACK

Location
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 (2.5L & 3.0L) FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0L)

Instrument Cluster Pin

I I SG I I I I I C C I I S S I SG I I I I I I I I I IP10-7 IP10-8 IP10-9 IP10-10 IP10-11 IP10-12 IP10-15 IP10-16 IP10-17 IP10-18 IP10-19 IP10-20 IP10-22 IP10-23 IP10-24 IP10-25 IP11-5 IP11-7 IP11-8 IP11-11 IP11-13 IP11-15 IP11-17 IP11-19 IP11-21

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

Description and Characteristic

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 = EMPTY; 160 = FULL FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 = EMPTY; 160 = FULL FUEL LEVEL SENSOR REFERENCE: GROUND MAIN BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND PARKING BRAKE SIGNAL: PARKING BRAKE ON = GROUND TRIP COMPUTER CYCLE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CAN + CAN FRONT FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED REAR FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED SCP + SCP TRIP COMPUTER MODE SIGNAL: STEPPED RESISTANCE TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK REFERENCE: GROUND ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL: ENGINE OIL PRESSURE PRESENT = GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ SIDE LAMPS STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DIP BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED AIR BAG WARNING: HARD WIRED TO AIR BAG INDICATOR DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80 Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE; HARD WIRED TO BACK LIGHTING; MICRO SENSED FOR DISPLAY CA1 CA5 CA169 JB1 JB129 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

INSTRUMENT PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER UNDER CENTER CONSOLE STEERING COLUMN ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description

22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST TOP OF FUEL TANK BELOW THE GLOVEBOX ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS Ground
G10 G14 G36 G37

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Instrument Cluster

Instrument Cluster

Fig. 07.1

61 3
I

O
IP11-7

P
I
IP11-5

YU
IP11-13

B
JB129-4

B
JB1-16

B
EN19-1

15
II

GR
IP11-11

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

20.1 20.1

Y
IP10-17

C C
IP10-18

I
IP10-11

B
JB129-3

B
JB103-1

B
JB103-2 JBS54

20.2 SCP 20.2

Y
IP10-22

S S
IP10-23

WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

G10AL

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0L)

B
20
E
F

160

CA415-4

I 20.2 20.2

B
IP10-12 JB129-1

B
JB70-1

B
JB70-2 JBS55

B
WB
G14AL

Y
IP5-19

CA415-2

S S
IP5-18

U O
IP6-18

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

B
D

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1

I

B
IP10-15 IP72-1

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

B
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
20
E
F

160

FT2-3

2.0 L

O
IP74-22
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH

FT2-1

D I I
IP165-25 IP10-7

WU
CA1-14

2.5, 3.0 L

WU
CA5-1

WU
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2

17.1 17.1

O R
IP165-26

PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH

B
20
E
F

160

FT3-3

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE

I
DIMMER MODULE REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING: REVERSE LAMPS STATUS

2.0 L

FT3-1

WB
IP10-8 CA1-13

WB
CA5-2

WB B
CA5-11

09.2 08.3

O
IP11-21

I I
IP10-1

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ILLUMINATION

2.5, 3.0 L

B B
CA5-3

GB

B
IP10-9 CA169-1

ADVANCED RESTRAINT SYSTEM: AIRBAG WARNING

17.1

U
IP11-19

AIRBAG WARNING LAMP

I
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING: MAIN BEAM STATUS FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING: DIP BEAM STATUS (CIRCUITS CONTINUED) FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING: FRONT FOG LAMPS STATUS

B
IP10-16 IP53-10
TRIP COMPUTER CYCLE SWITCH

BR
IP53-7 IPS69

08.2 08.7 08.2

08.1 08.2 08.1 08.1

U
IP10-10

I I
IP11-17

MAIN BEAM INDICATOR

OY U
IP10-19

G36BL

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

FRONT FOG LAMPS INDICATOR

O
EXTERIOR LIGHTING: SIDE LAMPS STATUS

Y
IP10-24 IP80-5 A/B

08.6

08.5

08.4

08.3

08.2

08.1

OG
IP11-15

REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING: REAR FOG LAMPS STATUS

08.6

08.5

08.4

08.3

WU
IP10-20

REAR FOG LAMPS INDICATOR

RESET

MLS / KM

B
IP11-8

W
G37AL (G36BL) IP10-25 IP80-6

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 07.2
COMPONENTS Component
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY RH FRONT GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

General Electronic Control Module Pin

PG S S SG I I I I B+ CA86-5 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP6-1 IP6-8 IP6-15 IP6-18 IP6-22 JB172-5

Description and Characteristic

POWER GROUND: GROUND SCP SCP + LOGIC GROUND: GROUND KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH: PARK = OPEN CIRCUIT; NOT-IN-PARK = GROUND SEAT BELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

Connector(s)
FL3 FL9 FR3 FR9 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 IP18 IP10 IP11 IP14 CA165 IP74

Connector Description
8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 7-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 16-WAY / GREEN 40-WAY / BLACK 24-WAY / BLACK

Location
LH FRONT DOOR RH FRONT DOOR BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

IGNITION SWITCH

STEERING COLUMN INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER CONSOLE UNDER CENTER CONSOLE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER J GATE ASSEMBLY RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA15 CA20

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G5 G15 G37

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Audible Warnings

Audible Warnings

Fig. 07.2

DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH

17.1 17.1

O
IP165-25

I I
IP165-26

PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH

R O
IP74-22

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE

O
IP6-18

23
KEY-IN

O
JB172-5

B
IP18-5 IP6-8

I
4

R
IP18-4

II

AUDIBLE WARNING CONTROL

III

IGNITION SWITCH

B
IPS68

B
IP14-2 IP14-4

Y
IP6-15

AUDIBLE WARNINGS: Seat Belt Airbag Ignition Key-in Not-in-Park Headlamps on Delay Entry (combined Alarm state and Driver Door Ajar status)
I

NOTE: Refer to Figs. 08.1 08.5 for Turn Signal audible warning.

NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH
G37BL

J GATE ASSEMBLY

B
CAS10 G15AR

B
CA15-2

B
FLS1

B
FL9-2

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
FL9-1 CA15-20

R
CA1-7

R
IP6-22

LHD

LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

B
CA20-2 G4AL

B
FRS1

B
FR9-2

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
FR9-1 CA20-20

R
CA1-5

R
IP6-22

RHD

RH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

B
IP6-1

20.2 SCP 20.2

Y
IP5-19

S S
IP5-18

P
CA86-5

G4AL

G5AS (G5AR)

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

20.2
HEADLAMPS ON

Y
IP10-22

S S
IP10-23

20.2

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 08.1
COMPONENTS Component
AUTOLAMPS SENSOR CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

General Electronic Control Module Pin

PG I S S O SG I O I I I O O B+ CA86-5 IP5-3 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP5-22 IP6-1 IP6-11 IP6-13 IP6-17 IP6-19 IP6-23 JB172-3 JB172-4 JB172-5

Description and Characteristic

POWER GROUND: GROUND EXTERNAL ANTENNA SCP SCP + TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

Connector(s)
RC5 CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 FB1 FB3 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 IP25 JB84 JB85 IP17 FB2 FB4 JB132 JB98 IP53

Connector Description
5-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BROWN 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREY

Location
BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

DIP BEAM RELAY FOG LAMP LH FRONT FOG LAMP RH FRONT GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9 UNDER FRONT BUMPER UNDER FRONT BUMPER BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
GLOVE BOX LAMP HEADLAMP UNIT LH HEADLAMP UNIT RH MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX SIDE MARKER LAMP LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP RH FRONT TURN REPEATER LH TURN REPEATER RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

GLOVE BOX LH FRONT OF VEHICLE RH FRONT OF VEHICLE CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R15 INSTRUMENT PANEL ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE FRONT BUMPER LH SIDE FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE LH FRONT FENDER RH FRONT FENDER STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA36 JB129 JB171

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 8-WAY / BLACK / FRONT END HARNESS TO BUMPER LINK LEAD

Location
LH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G5 G10 G11 G14 G32 G33 G36 G37

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Exterior Lighting: Front Autolamps

Exterior Lighting: Front Autolamps

Fig. 08.1

MAIN BEAM STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

07.1

23

O
JB172-5

B LIGHTING F87 15A IP2-2

GW
R15
4
5

GB
F86 7.5A JB51-12

OY
JB132-1

B
JB132-2

B
JBS55 G14AL

20.2 SCP
LIGHTING MESSAGES

Y
IP5-19

S S
IP5-18

33
O
IP6-13

GO
2 1

20.2

U
IPS16

GO
IP4-13

F85 7.5A

JB51-16

LH TURN REPEATER

LIGHTING CONTROL

OY
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY
-ve BUS JB171-1

OY
FB2-1 FB2-2

B
JB171-4

BR
IP53-7

FLASH
IP53-6

G
IP6-9

I I
IP6-11

MAIN BEAM
IP53-8

BW BG
IP53-1 IP6-17

REMOTE HEADLAMPS

I
IP5-3

B
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP

NOTE: JBS10 Repeater only.
JB84-9

LH TURN

I O I
IP6-19

B
IP53-2

OY
JB172-4 JBS10

OY
JB84-9

TURN TURN
JB84-7

RH TURN
IP53-3

BG OY

O O
JB172-3

O
NOTE: JBS17 Side Marker only.

B
IP53-5 IP53-4

IP5-22

OY
JBS17
JB84-7

SIDE

IPS67 (LHD) IPS69 (RHD)

G37BL (G36BL)

B
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING

REMOTE HEADLAMPS

W
CA416-1

W
CA417-1

SIDE
JB84-1

B
JB84-10

BRD
CA416-2

BRD
CA417-2

OY
JB84-5

MAIN DIP

G11AL

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

NOTE: IPS65 LHD only.
IP6-1

B BO
I
IP6-23

EXTERNAL ANTENNA (JAPAN, S. KOREA)

GB
JB84-1

B
JB84-10 JB84-5 G11AL

B
IPS65 G36AL (G5AR)

B
IP51-5 IP51-4

P
CA86-5

B
G5AS (G5AR)

BALLAST DIP

B
JB84-8 G32AS

MAIN

HAZARD SWITCH GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

G4AL

LH HEADLAMP UNIT

LH HEADLAMP UNIT (HID VARIANT) *

GW
SIDE LAMPS STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) FRONT FOG STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

GW
JB171-2 FB1-1 FB1-2

B
JB171-6

07.1 07.1

OG U GW
JBS9

LH FRONT FOG LAMP

GW
JB171-3

GW
FB3-1 FB3-2

B
JB171-8

B
* NOTE: HID variant V supply circuit for all lamps unchanged.

DIP BEAM STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

07.1

OY
OG
IP2-10

RH FRONT FOG LAMP

REAR FOG LAMPS

F97 7.5A IP2-9

OY

OY
IP25-1

B
G5AS (G37BL)

IP25-2 IPS66 (LHD) IPS68 (RHD)

U GW
IP17-15 IP17-11

CA78-16

NOTE: JBS11 Repeater only.

GLOVE BOX LAMP

FRONT FOG LAMPS

IP17-12

OY

GW
JB129-21

GW
F64 7.5A

JB51-6 JBS11 CA78-4 IP4-4

O
JB98-1

B
JB98-2 JBS54

B
G10AL

R
19

R
IP17-8

SIDE LAMPS

IP17-4

OG
JB51-7 F63 7.5A CA76-7

RH TURN REPEATER

R
IP17-5 IP1-3

08.7
IP17-3

OY
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

NOTE: JBS16 Side Marker only.

OG
JBS16 JB171-5

OG
FB4-1 FB4-2

B
JB171-7

B
JBS56

B
G11AR JB85-9

AUTOLAMPS

RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP

JBS37

OY
IP17-7 IPS47

OY
JB129-17

OY O
JB85-9

TURN

AUTO (SENSOR)

G
IP17-14

TURN
JB85-7

B
IP17-6

IPS67 (LHD) IPS69 (RHD) G37BL (G36BL)

DIP BEAM
IP17-13

GB
R9
4
5

OG
JB85-7

SIDE

GU GU
JBS36 F16 20A

OY GW
F17 20A

SIDE
JB85-1

B
JB85-10

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH

14 22
II

GO W

GU

GW
JB85-5

MAIN DIP

G10AR

I
RC5-5

G
CA36-3

G
CA1-18

G GB
CA1-17 IPS56

O
RC5-4

GB
CA36-15

GB

GB
JB129-15

GB

DIP BEAM RELAY

GO
JB85-1

B
JB85-10 JB85-5

BALLAST DIP
G10AR

B
JB85-8 G33AS

MAIN

AUTOLAMPS SENSOR

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

RH HEADLAMP UNIT (HID VARIANT) *

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Autolamp Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 08.2
COMPONENTS Component
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

General Electronic Control Module P

PG I S S O SG I O I I I O O B+

Pin
CA86-5 IP5-3 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP5-22 IP6-1 IP6-11 IP6-13 IP6-17 IP6-19 IP6-23 JB172-3 JB172-4 JB172-5

Description and Characteristic

POWER GROUND: GROUND EXTERNAL ANTENNA SCP SCP + TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

Connector(s)
CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 FB1 FB3 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 IP25 IP51 JB84 JB85 IP17 FB2 FB4 JB132 JB98 IP53

Connector Description
8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BROWN 6-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREY

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

DIP BEAM RELAY FOG LAMP LH FRONT FOG LAMP RH FRONT GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9 UNDER FRONT BUMPER UNDER FRONT BUMPER BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

GLOVE BOX LAMP HAZARD SWITCH HEADLAMP UNIT LH HEADLAMP UNIT RH MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX SIDE MARKER LAMP LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP RH FRONT TURN REPEATER LH TURN REPEATER RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

GLOVE BOX CENTER CONSOLE LH FRONT OF VEHICLE RH FRONT OF VEHICLE CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R15 INSTRUMENT PANEL ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE FRONT BUMPER LH SIDE FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE LH FRONT FENDER RH FRONT FENDER STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

JB129 JB171

Connector Description
22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 8-WAY / BLACK / FRONT END HARNESS TO BUMPER LINK LEAD

Location
LH LOWER A POST BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G5 G10 G11 G14 G32 G33 G36 G37

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Exterior Lighting: Front Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps

Exterior Lighting: Front Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps

Fig. 08.2

MAIN BEAM STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

07.1

23

O
JB172-5

LIGHTING
F87 15A IP2-2

GW
R15
4
5

GB
F86 7.5A JB51-12

OY
JB132-1

B
JB132-2

B
JBS55 G14AL

20.2 SCP
LIGHTING MESSAGES

Y
IP5-19

S S
IP5-18

33
O
IP6-13

GO
2 1

20.2

U
IPS16

GO
IP4-13

F85 7.5A

JB51-16

LH TURN REPEATER

LIGHTING CONTROL

OY
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY
-ve BUS JB171-1

OY
FB2-1 FB2-2

B
JB171-4

BR
IP53-7

FLASH
IP53-6

G
IP6-9

I I
IP6-11

MAIN BEAM
IP53-8

BW BG
IP53-1 IP6-17

REMOTE HEADLAMPS

I
IP5-3

B
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP

NOTE: JBS10 Repeater only.
JB84-9

LH TURN

I O I
IP6-19

B
IP53-2

OY
JB172-4 JBS10

OY
JB84-9

TURN

RH TURN
IP53-3

BG OY

O O
JB172-3

O
NOTE: JBS17 Side Marker only.

TURN
JB84-7

B
IP53-5 IP53-4

IP5-22

OY
JBS17
JB84-7

SIDE SIDE

IPS67 (LHD) IPS69 (RHD) G37BL (G36BL)

B
JB84-1 JB84-10

B
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING

REMOTE HEADLAMPS

W
CA416-1

W
CA417-1

OY
JB84-5

MAIN DIP

G11AL

BRD
CA416-2

BRD
CA417-2

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

NOTE: IPS65 LHD only.
IP6-1

B BO
I
IP6-23

EXTERNAL ANTENNA (JAPAN, S. KOREA)

GB
JB84-1

B
JB84-10 JB84-5

B
IPS65 G36AL (G5AR)

B
IP51-5 IP51-4

P
CA86-5

B
G5AS (G5AR)

BALLAST DIP
G11AL

B
JB84-8 G32AS

MAIN

HAZARD SWITCH GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

G4AL

LH HEADLAMP UNIT

LH HEADLAMP UNIT (HID VARIANT) *

GW
SIDE LAMPS STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) FRONT FOG STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

GW
JB171-2
FB1-1 FB1-2

B
JB171-6

07.1 07.1

OG U GW
JBS9

LH FRONT FOG LAMP

GW
JB171-3

GW
FB3-1 FB3-2

B
JB171-8

DIP BEAM STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

07.1

OY
OG
IP2-10

RH FRONT FOG LAMP

* NOTE: HID variant V supply circuit for all lamps unchanged.

REAR FOG LAMPS

F97 7.5A IP2-9

OY

OY
IP25-1

B
GLOVE BOX LAMP

B
G5AS (G37BL)

IP25-2 IPS66 (LHD) IPS68 (RHD)

U GW
IP17-15 IP17-11

CA78-16

FRONT FOG LAMPS

IP17-12

OY

NOTE: JBS11 Repeater only.

GW
JB129-21

GW
F64 7.5A

JB51-6 JBS11 CA78-4 IP4-4

O
JB98-1

B
JB98-2 JBS54

B
G10AL

R
19

R
IP17-8

SIDE LAMPS

IP17-4

OG
JB51-7 F63 7.5A CA76-7

RH TURN REPEATER

R
IP17-5 IP1-3

08.7
IP17-3

OY
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

NOTE: JBS16 Side Marker only.

OG
JBS16 JB171-5

OG
FB4-1 FB4-2

B
JB171-7

B
JBS56

B
G11AR JB85-9

RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP

JBS37

OY
IP17-7 IPS47

OY
JB129-17

OY O
JB85-9

TURN

DIP BEAM
IP17-13

GB
JB129-15

GB

TURN
JB85-7

NON DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS

OG
JB85-7

SIDE

DIP BEAM CANADA DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS

R9

4
5

GU GU
JBS36 F16 20A

OY GW
F17 20A

SIDE
JB85-1

B
JB85-10

14 22
II

GO W

GU

GW
JB85-5

MAIN DIP

G10AR

B
IP17-6
DIP BEAM SCANDINAVIA DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS

IPS67 (LHD) IPS69 (RHD) G37BL (G36BL)

GB

DIP BEAM RELAY

GO
JB85-1

B
JB85-10 JB85-5

BALLAST DIP
G10AR

B
JB85-8 G33AS

MAIN

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

RH HEADLAMP UNIT (HID VARIANT) *

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Non Autolamp Vehicles; Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 08.3
COMPONENTS Component
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

General Electronic Control Module Pin

O PG O S S O SG I I I B+ CA86-2 CA86-5 CA87-4 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP5-22 IP6-1 IP6-17 IP6-19 IP6-23 JB172-5

Description and Characteristic

LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ SCP SCP + TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

Connector(s)
PA3 CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 IP51 CA304 IP10 IP11 TM4 TM5 IP17 EN85 RB5 RB6 CA137 CA138 IP53

Connector Description
3-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREY

Location
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

HAZARD SWITCH

CENTER CONSOLE REAR WINDOW INSTRUMENT PANEL TRUNK LID TRUNK LID INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R17 TOP OF TRANSMISSION REAR BUMPER LH SIDE REAR BUMPER RH SIDE TRUNK LH REAR TRUNK RH REAR STEERING COLUMN

Instrument Cluster Pin

I C C O IP10-1 IP10-17 IP10-18 IP11-3

HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LICENSE PLATE LAMP LH LICENSE PLATE LAMP RH MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH

Description and Characteristic

REVERSE LAMP SWITCH: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED CAN + CAN REVERSE LAMPS RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

REVERSE LAMPS RELAY REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

SIDE MARKER LAMP LH REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP RH REAR TAIL LAMP UNIT LH TAIL LAMP UNIT RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA10 CA45 CA129 CA170 JB2 JB145 JB196 TL10

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST BELOW THE GLOVEBOX TRUNK LH REAR SPARE WHEEL WELL LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE

GROUNDS Ground
G1 G2 G4 G5 G36 G37 G38

Location
TRUNK / LH REAR TRUNK / LH REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Exterior Lighting: Rear

Exterior Lighting: Rear

Fig. 08.3

ELECTROCHROMIC MIRROR: REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED PARKING AID: REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED (CIRCUITS CONTINUED)

10.1 18.1

GB GB
CA129-3

GB GB

40
20.1 CAN
REVERSE GEAR (AUTO)

GB
EN85-01 EN85-02

GB
JB145-4

GB
CA10-6

GB

(MAN)

GR
CA137-3

Y
IP10-17

C C
IP10-18

II

STOP

20.1

I
IP10-1

GB

REVERSE LAMP SWITCH

CA1-22

GB

(MAN)

OY
CA137-5

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 for Instrument Cluster power supplies and grounds.

O
IP11-3

TAIL

GW
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP1-13
4

B
CA137-6

CA137-7

R17
3

GB
F79 10A CA78-8

(AUTO)
CAS26

FOG

29 23
20.2 SCP
LIGHTING MESSAGES

O
JB172-5

II

LIGHTING

OY
2 1

GB
IP1-12

30
II

CA76-13

CA137-1

Y
IP5-19

S S
IP5-18

TURN

20.2

REVERSE LAMPS RELAY CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

O
CA86-2

GB
CA137-2

REVERSE LH TURN

BG
IP53-1 IP6-17

I I
IP6-19

B
IP53-2

LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

RH TURN
IP53-3

BG OY

OY
OY
CAS82

OY
CA129-6

OY
RB5-1 RB5-2

B
LH REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP

B
IP53-5 IP53-4

O
IP5-22

O
IPS67 (LHD) IPS69 (RHD) G37BL (G36BL) CA87-4

NOTE: CAS92 Side Marker only.

B
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING

LIGHTING CONTROL

O
TM4-1 TM4-2

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

IP6-1

B
P

LH LICENSE PLATE LAMP

NOTE: IPS65 LHD only.

B
CA86-5 G5AS (G5AR)

B
IPS65 G36AL (G5AR)

B
IP51-5 IP51-4

BO
IP6-23

O
CA45-1 G4AL

O
TL10-1

O
TMS1

O
TM5-1 TM5-2

B
TMS2

HAZARD SWITCH GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

RH LICENSE PLATE LAMP

B
TL10-2

SIDE LAMPS STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) REAR FOG STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

07.1 07.1

OG WU

O
CA138-5

STOP

B
CA45-2

WU
44
II

CA138-3

GB
IP17-16

REAR FOG LAMPS

B
TAIL

IP17-10

GW
IP17-9 CA1-21

GW
CAS80

GW
CA138-1

B
CA138-2 CAS9

FOG

B
G1AR

OG
IP2-10

O
CA138-7

R
19

R
IP17-8

SIDE LAMPS

IP17-4

IP4-4

F97 7.5A

IP2-9

TURN

R
IP17-5 IP1-3 CA78-16

GB
CA138-6

JB51-6 F64 7.5A CA78-4

REVERSE

OY

RH TAIL LAMP UNIT

JB51-7 F63 7.5A CA76-7

O GR
CA76-2

O
CAS81

O
CA129-10

O
RB6-1 RB6-2

B
RBS10

O
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
CA76-3

NOTE: CAS91 Side Marker only.

RH REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP

B
CA129-7

OG
CA76-4

OG
CA304-2

B
CA304-1

B
G2AL

57
II

NR
PA3-3 PA3-1

GW
JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L) JB196-1 (2.0 L)

GW
CA170-15

GW
CA75-7

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

G38AS

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 08.4
COMPONENTS Component
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

General Electronic Control Module Pin

O PG O S S O SG I I I B+ CA86-2 CA86-5 CA87-4 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP5-22 IP6-1 IP6-17 IP6-19 IP6-23 JB172-5

Description and Characteristic

LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ SCP SCP + TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

Connector(s)
PA3 CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 IP51 CA304 TM4 TM5 IP17 TT4 TT5 T5011 T312N T6US1 TT1 TT2 TT3 T3001 T4001 T5001 IP53

Connector Description
3-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREY

Location
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

HAZARD SWITCH HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP LICENSE PLATE LAMP LH LICENSE PLATE LAMP RH MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH TAIL LAMP UNIT LH TAIL LAMP UNIT RH TRAILER CONNECTOR

CENTER CONSOLE REAR WINDOW TRUNK LID TRUNK LID INSTRUMENT PANEL TRUNK LH REAR TRUNK RH REAR TRUNK RH REAR

TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE

SPARE WHEEL WELL

TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

TRUNK RH REAR

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA45 CA129 CA146 CA170 CA175 CA176 CA302 JB2 JB196 TL10 TT6

Connector Description
6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS 3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR

Location
TRUNK LH REAR SPARE WHEEL WELL ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP LH LOWER A POST TRUNK TRUNK ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE TRUNK

GROUNDS Ground
G1 G2 G4 G5 G36 G37 G38

Location
TRUNK / LH REAR TRUNK / LH REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Exterior Lighting: Rear European Trailer Towing

Exterior Lighting: Rear European Trailer Towing

Fig. 08.4

Y
2
I

T5011-09

B+ (ACCESSORY)

NG
CA146-3

Y
T5S2

R
T5020-1

R
F100 20A
T5020-2 T5001-3 T5001-2 T5001-1

T5011-10

B+ (BATTERY)

B
CAS9

B
CA146-1

30
G1AR

N
CA146-2

R
T5S1

Y B R

IN-LINE FUSE

TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

18.1

W
CA129-11

W
CA302-1

S
TT6-1

R
TT2 -8 TT3 -8

R
TT3 -10 TT3 -3 TT3 -4 TT3 -5 TT3 -9 TT3 -2 TT3 -7 TT3 -6 TT3 -1

NW
T5S3 T5S4

U RY UR O P OW PO NW NW NW

T5011-1 T5011-2 T5011-4 T5011-5 T5011-6 T5011-7 T5011-8 T5011-3 T5011-11 T5011-13

LH TURN FOG LAMPS RH TURN RH TAIL LAMP STOP LAMPS LH TAIL LAMP REVERSE LAMPS

NW
G2BL

NW
G2BR

TRAILER CONNECTOR

23
20.2 SCP
LIGHTING MESSAGES

O
JB172-5

LIGHTING REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATION

Y
IP5-19

08.3

GB
CAS26

S S
IP5-18

20.2

PY
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE
TT2 -2 TT2 -1 TT1 -1 TT1 -4 TT1 -5 TT1 -2 TT2 -5 TT2 -4 TT2 -3 TT2 -6 TT2 -7 TT1 -3 TT1 -6 TT4-7

FOG

LH TURN

BG
IP53-1 IP6-17

I
LIGHTING CONTROL

B
IP53-2

GB GB

BW
PO W W RW OW P O B BG PY N BW PY
TT4-1

RH TURN
IP53-3

BG
IP6-19

I O
IP5-22 CA176-6

TURN

B
IP53-5 IP53-4

OY

OW
TT4-5 TT4-6 CA176-7

G
CA175-6

RH TURN O
IPS67 (LHD) IPS69 (RHD) G37BL (G36BL) CA87-4

O
TAIL

B
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING

LH TURN

O
CA86-2

OY
CA175-1

P
TT4-3

STOP

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

IP6-1

B
CA175-2

G
TT4-2

NOTE: IPS65 LHD only.

B
CA86-5 CAS80 G4AL G5AS (G5AR)

GW
CA175-7

REVERSE

B
IPS65 G36AL (G5AR)

B
IP51-5 IP51-4

BO
IP6-23

GW
CA176-1

LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

HAZARD SWITCH GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

OY
CA175-5

PY
TT5-1

SIDE LAMPS STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) REAR FOG STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

07.1 07.1

OG WU
GR

FOG

BG
CA175-3 TT5-7

TURN

WU
44
II

O
CA176-3

GB
IP17-16

REAR FOG LAMPS

IP17-10

O
TT5-3 TT5-2

GW
IP17-9 CA1-21

GW

N
CA176-2

TAIL

O OG
IP2-10 CA176-5

G
TT5-5

STOP

R
19

B
IP4-4
F97 7.5A IP2-9 TT5-6

R
IP17-8

SIDE LAMPS

IP17-4

R
IP17-5

O
IP1-3
CA78-16 CA45-1

O
TL10-1

REVERSE

RH TAIL LAMP UNIT

JB51-6 F64 7.5A CA78-4

OY
TMS1

O
TM4-1 TM4-2

B
LH LICENSE PLATE LAMP

JB51-7 F63 7.5A CA76-7

B B B B
TMS2 TL10-2

O O

B
CA45-2

TM5-1

TM5-2

GR
CA76-2

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH

O
CA76-3

RH LICENSE PLATE LAMP

CAS9

OG
57
II

OG
CA304-2

B
CA304-1

NR
PA3-3 PA3-1

GW
JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L) JB196-1 (2.0 L)

GW
CA170-15

GW
CA75-7

CA76-4

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

G38AS

G1AR

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: EUR Trailer Towing Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 08.5
COMPONENTS Component
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CARAVAN CONNECTOR

General Electronic Control Module Pin

O PG O S S O SG I I I B+ CA86-2 CA86-5 CA87-4 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP5-22 IP6-1 IP6-17 IP6-19 IP6-23 JB172-5

Description and Characteristic

LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ SCP SCP + TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

Connector(s)
PA3 T412S CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 IP51 CA304 TM4 TM5 IP17 TT4 TT5 T5011 T312N T6US1 TT1 TT2 TT3 T3001 T4001 T5001 IP53

Connector Description
3-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREY

Location
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL TRUNK RH REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

HAZARD SWITCH HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP LICENSE PLATE LAMP LH LICENSE PLATE LAMP RH MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH TAIL LAMP UNIT LH TAIL LAMP UNIT RH TRAILER CONNECTOR

CENTER CONSOLE REAR WINDOW TRUNK LID TRUNK LID INSTRUMENT PANEL TRUNK LH REAR TRUNK RH REAR TRUNK RH REAR

TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE

SPARE WHEEL WELL

TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

TRUNK RH REAR

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA45 CA129 CA146 CA170 CA175 CA176 CA302 JB2 JB196 T3001 TL10 TT6 TT7

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS 3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR

Location
LH LOWER A POST TRUNK LH REAR SPARE WHEEL WELL ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP LH LOWER A POST TRUNK TRUNK ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS TRUNK BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE TRUNK TRUNK

GROUNDS Ground
G1 G2 G4 G5 G36 G37 G38

Location
TRUNK / LH REAR TRUNK / LH REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Exterior Lighting: Rear U.K. Trailer Towing

Exterior Lighting: Rear U.K. Trailer Towing

Fig. 08.5

REVERSE LAMPS B+ (ACCESSORY) B+ (BATTERY

T412S-1 T412S-6 T412S-4 T412S-3 T412S-7

PO Y R NW NW
G2BR

PO
TT7-1

R
T4020-2

F100 20A

T4020-1

CARAVAN CONNECTOR

IN-LINE FUSE

2
I

NG
CA146-3

Y
T3001-3

Y
T4S1

Y
T4001-3

B
CAS9 G1AR

B
CA146-1

B
T3001-2

B
T4001-2

30

N
CA146-2

R
T3S1

R
T3001-1

R
T4S2

R
T4001-1

NW
T3S2

U RY UR O P OW NW NW

T312N-1 T312N-2 T312N-4 T312N-5 T312N-6 T312N-7 T312N-3

LH TURN FOG LAMPS RH TURN RH TAIL LAMP STOP LAMPS LH TAIL LAMP

PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

18.1

W
CA129-11

W
CA302-1

S
TT6-1

S
TT2 -8 TT3 -8

R
TT3 -10

TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

TT3 -6

TT3 -3

TT3 -4

TT3 -5

TT3 -9

TT3 -2

TT3 -7

TT3 -1

TRAILER CONNECTOR

G2BL

23
20.2 SCP
LIGHTING MESSAGES

O
JB172-5

LIGHTING REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATION

Y
IP5-19

08.3

GB
CAS26

S S
IP5-18

20.2

PY
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE
TT2 -2 TT2 -1 TT1 -1 TT1 -4 TT1 -5 TT1 -2 TT2 -5 TT2 -4 TT2 -3 TT2 -6 TT2 -7 TT1 -3 TT1 -6 TT4-7

FOG

LH TURN

BG
IP53-1 IP6-17

I I
IP6-19

B
IP53-2

LIGHTING CONTROL

GB GB

BW
PO W W RW OW P O B BG PY N BW PY
TT4-1

RH TURN
IP53-3

BG OY

TURN

B
IP53-5 IP53-4

O
IP5-22 CA176-6

OW
TT4-5 TT4-6 CA176-7

G
CA175-6

IPS67 (LHD) IPS69 (RHD) G37BL (G36BL)

RH TURN

O
CA87-4

O
TAIL

B
TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING

LH TURN

O
CA86-2

OY
CA175-1

P
TT4-3

STOP

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

NOTE: IPS65 LHD only.
IP6-1

B
CA175-2

G
TT4-2

B
CA86-5

REVERSE

B
IPS65 G36AL (G5AR)

B
IP51-5 IP51-4

BO
IP6-23

GW
G4AL G5AS (G5AR) CA175-7 CAS80

LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

HAZARD SWITCH GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

GW
CA176-1

PY
TT5-1

SIDE LAMPS STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) REAR FOG STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

07.1 07.1

OG WU

OY
CA175-5

FOG

GR
CA175-3

BG
TT5-7

TURN

WU
44
II

GB
IP17-16

REAR FOG LAMPS

IP17-10

O
CA176-3 TT5-3 TT5-2

GW
IP17-9 CA1-21

GW

N
CA176-2

TAIL

O OG
IP2-10 CA176-5

G
TT5-5

STOP

R
19

B
IP4-4 F97 7.5A IP2-9 TT5-6

R
IP17-8

SIDE LAMPS

IP17-4

R
IP17-5 IP1-3 CA78-16

O
CA45-1

O
TL10-1

REVERSE

RH TAIL LAMP UNIT

JB51-6 F64 7.5A CA78-4

OY
TMS1

O
TM4-1 TM4-2

B
LH LICENSE PLATE LAMP

JB51-7 F63 7.5A CA76-7

B B B B
TMS2 TL10-2

O O GR
CA76-2

B
CA45-2

TM5-1

TM5-2

O
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
CA76-3

RH LICENSE PLATE LAMP

CAS9

OG
CA76-4

OG
CA304-2

B
CA304-1

57
II

NR
PA3-3 PA3-1

GW
JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L) JB196-1 (2.0 L)

GW
CA170-15

GW
CA75-7

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

G38AS

G1AR

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: U.K. Trailer Towing Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 08.6
COMPONENTS Component
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

General Electronic Control Module Pin

O PG O S S O SG I I I B+ CA86-2 CA86-5 CA87-4 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP5-22 IP6-1 IP6-17 IP6-19 IP6-23 JB172-5

Description and Characteristic

LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ SCP SCP + TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

Connector(s)
PA3 CA75 CA76 CA77 CA78 IP1 IP2 IP3 IP4 JB50 JB51 JB52 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 IP51 CA304 TM4 TM5 IP17 RB5 RB6 TT4 TT5 T5011 T312N T6US1 TT1 TT2 TT3 T3001 T4001 T5001 IP53

Connector Description
3-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREEN 2-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / GREY 14-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREY

Location
TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

HAZARD SWITCH HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP LICENSE PLATE LAMP LH LICENSE PLATE LAMP RH MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH SIDE MARKER LAMP LH REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP RH REAR TAIL LAMP UNIT LH TAIL LAMP UNIT RH TRAILER CONNECTOR

CENTER CONSOLE REAR WINDOW TRUNK LID TRUNK LID INSTRUMENT PANEL REAR BUMPER LH SIDE REAR BUMPER RH SIDE TRUNK LH REAR TRUNK RH REAR TRUNK RH REAR

TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE

SPARE WHEEL WELL

TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

TRUNK RH REAR

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA45 CA129 CA146 CA170 CA175 CA176 CA302 JB2 TL10 TT6

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS 3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR

Location
LH LOWER A POST TRUNK LH REAR SPARE WHEEL WELL ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP LH LOWER A POST TRUNK TRUNK ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE TRUNK

GROUNDS Ground
G1 G2 G4 G5 G36 G37 G38

Location
TRUNK / LH REAR TRUNK / LH REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Exterior Lighting: Rear NAS Trailer Towing

Exterior Lighting: Rear NAS Trailer Towing

Fig. 08.6

* NOTE: T6S2 and circuit to TT3-9 early production vehicles only.

2
I

NG
CA146-3

Y B

T3001-3

** NOTE: NW early production vehicles.

B
CAS9

B
CA146-1

T3001-2

T6US1-3

LH TURN AND STOP

30
G1AR

N
CA146-2

R
T3S1

T3001-1

G
TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

T6US1-4

RH TURN AND STOP TAIL LAMPS

NW** BW
T6S2*

T6US1-2

PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

18.1

W
CA129-11

W
CA302-1

S
TT6-1

R
TT2 -8 TT3 -8

R
TT3 -10 TT3 -3 TT3 -5

W NW
TT3 -9

W
T6S1

T6US1-1

GROUND

NW** BW
TT3 -7 TT3 -1

W
G2BL

TRAILER CONNECTOR

23
20.2 SCP
LIGHTING MESSAGES

O
JB172-5

LIGHTING REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATION

Y
IP5-19

08.3

GB
CAS26

S S
IP5-18

20.2

PY
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE
TT2 -2 TT2 -1 TT1 -1 TT1 -4 TT1 -5 TT1 -2 TT2 -5 TT2 -4 TT2 -3 TT2 -6 TT2 -7 TT1 -3 TT1 -6 TT4-7

FOG

LH TURN

BG
IP53-1 IP6-17

I I
IP6-19

B
IP53-2

LIGHTING CONTROL

GB GB

BW
PO W W RW OW P O B BG PY N BW PY
TT4-1

RH TURN
IP53-3

BG OY

TURN

B
IP53-5 IP53-4

O
IP5-22 CA176-6

OW
TT4-5 TT4-6 CA176-7

G
CA175-6

RH TURN O
IPS67 CA87-4

O
TAIL

B
G37BL

TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING

LH TURN

O
CA86-2

OY
CA175-1

P
TT4-3

STOP

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

IP6-1

B
CA175-2

G
TT4-2

B
CA86-5 CAS80 G4AL G5AS

GW
CA175-7

REVERSE

B
IPS65 G36AL

B
IP51-5 IP51-4

BO
IP6-23

GW
CA176-1

LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

HAZARD SWITCH GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

OY
CA175-5

PY
TT5-1

SIDE LAMPS STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) REAR FOG STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

07.1 07.1

OG WU
GR

FOG

BG
CA175-3 TT5-7

TURN

WU
44
II

O
CA176-3

GB
IP17-16

REAR FOG LAMPS

IP17-10

O
TT5-3 TT5-2

GW
IP17-9 CA1-21

GW

N
CA176-2

TAIL

O OG
IP2-10 CA176-5

G
TT5-5

STOP

R
19

B
IP4-4
F97 7.5A IP2-9 TT5-6

R
IP17-8

SIDE LAMPS

IP17-4

R
IP17-5

O
IP1-3
CA78-16 CA45-1

O
TL10-1

REVERSE

RH TAIL LAMP UNIT

JB51-6 F64 7.5A CA78-4

OY
CAS94

OY
CA129-6

OY
RB5-1 RB5-2

B
RBS10

B
TMS1 CA129-7

O
TM4-1 TM4-2

B
LH LICENSE PLATE LAMP

JB51-7 F63 7.5A CA76-7 CAS95

LH REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP

B B B B
TMS2 TL10-2

O O
CA129-10

O
RB6-1 RB6-2

B
G2AL

O
TM5-1 TM5-2

B
CA45-2

GR
CA76-2

RH REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP

RH LICENSE PLATE LAMP

CAS9

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH

O
CA76-3

OG
57
II

OG
CA304-2

B
CA304-1

NR
PA3-3 PA3-1

GW
JB2-1 (2,5, 3.0 L) JB196-1 (2.0 L)

GW
CA170-15

GW
CA75-7

CA76-4

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

G38AS

G1AR

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: NAS Trailer Towing Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 08.7
COMPONENTS Component
DIP BEAM RELAY FRONT AXLE SENSOR HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE HEADLAMP UNIT LH HEADLAMP UNIT RH MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX REAR AXLE SENSOR

Connector(s)
JB140 IP130 JB84 JB85 IP17 HI1

Connector Description
6-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK

Location
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9 LH FRONT SUSPENSION BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE LH FRONT OF VEHICLE RH FRONT OF VEHICLE INSTRUMENT PANEL ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE LH REAR SUSPENSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA10 CA241 CA302 JB129 JB130

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST BELOW THE GLOVEBOX ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS Ground
G10 G11 G36 G37

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Headlamp Leveling

Headlamp Leveling

Fig. 08.7

DIP BEAM STATUS (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

07.1

OY

HEADLAMP LEVELING

U
IP17-2 CA1-1

U
CA10-22

U
JBS8

U
JB84-2

SERVO AMPLIFIER

OY
JB84-5

B
JB84-10
DIP

OY
3 2 1 0

G11AL

IP17-3

LH HEADLAMP UNIT

OY
IP17-7 IPS47

OY
JB129-17

OY
JBS37

G B B
IP17-6
DIP BEAM

IP17-14

R9

4
5

GU GU
JBS36 F16 20A

OY
DIP

IPS67 (LHD) IPS69 (RHD) G37BL (G36BL)

GB
IP17-13

14 22
II

GO W

GU
F17 20A

GW

GW
JB85-5

B
JB85-10 G10AR

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH

AUTOLAMPS

08.1 08.1

G GB
IPS56

U GB
JB129-15

GB

DIP BEAM RELAY

JB85-2

SERVO AMPLIFIER

NOTE: IPS56 Autolamps only.

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

DRIVER-CONTROLLED HEADLAMP LEVELING

31
II

WR
IP130-23

O
IP130-17

RW
JB130-8

RW
JB84-2

O 20.1 20.1

RU
IP130-19 JB130-9

RU
JB84-3

Y
IP130-2

C O C
IP130-3

R
IP130-16 JB130-10

R
JB84-4

O
IP130-18

RG
JB130-11

RG
JB84-6
HEADLAMP LEVELING STEPPER MOTOR

20.2

W
IP130-5

Y
JB140-6 JB130-17

Y
IP130-6

LH HEADLAMP UNIT
I
* NOTE: BG early production vehicles.

FRONT AXLE SENSOR

W
JB140-5 JB130-1

W
IP130-25

O O
IP130-15 IP130-11

BW
JB130-12

BW
JB85-2

U
JB140-1 JB130-22

U
O

BG* WU
IP130-21 JB130-13

BG* WU
JB85-3

O
IP130-22

B
JB130-14

B
JB85-4

UY
HI1-6 CA303-3

UY
CA241-3

UY
IP130-7

I O
IP130-10

O
IP130-20

BG
JB130-15

BG
JB85-6
HEADLAMP LEVELING STEPPER MOTOR

REAR AXLE SENSOR

WG
HI1-5 CA303-2

WG
CA241-2

WG R
CA241-1 IP130-12

R
HI1-1 CA303-1

B
IP130-24

B
IPS68

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LEVELING

HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE

G37BL

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 09.1
COMPONENTS Component
DOOR COURTESY LAMP LH DOOR COURTESY LAMP RH DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY LH REAR DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY RH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY RH REAR FOOTWELL LAMP LH FOOTWELL LAMP RH GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

General Electronic Control Module Pin

O O PG I I I I I S S SG I I B+ CA86-1 CA86-3 CA86-5 CA86-14 CA86-16 CA86-18 CA87-15 IP5-3 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP6-1 IP6-21 IP6-22 JB172-1

Description and Characteristic

LH AND RH DOOR COURTESY LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND INTERIOR LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND POWER GROUND: GROUND RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND EXTERNAL ANTENNA SCP SCP + LOGIC GROUND: GROUND PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

Connector(s)
FL7 FR6 FL3 FL9 BL3 BL6 FR3 FR9 BR3 BR6 IP27 IP26 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 IP25 RC11 RC20 RC22 RC30 RC31 RC33 RC34 CA132 TM6 RC9 RC8

Connector Description
2-WAY / WHITE 2-WAY / WHITE 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / WHITE 2-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BROWN 2-WAY / BLACK 1-WAY / RED 22-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 5-WAY / NATURAL 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK

Location
LH FRONT DOOR RH FRONT DOOR LH FRONT DOOR LH REAR DOOR RH FRONT DOOR RH REAR DOOR INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

GLOVE BOX LAMP REAR INTERIOR LAMP

GLOVE BOX REAR HEAD LINER ROOF, CENTER FRONT

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
ROOF CONSOLE

TRUNK LAMP TRUNK LOCK MOTOR VANITY MIRROR LAMP LH VANITY MIRROR LAMP RH

TRUNK RH SIDE TRUNK LID LH SUN VISOR RH SUN VISOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA15 CA16 CA20 CA21 CA25 CA30 CA36 CA45 TL10

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST LH B/C POST RH B/C POST LH LOWER A POST TRUNK LH REAR BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE

GROUNDS Ground
G1 G4 G5 G15 G37

Location
TRUNK / LH REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Interior Lighting

Interior Lighting

Fig. 09.1

BK
23
O
JB172-5 B
LIGHTING

OY
IP27-1 IP27-2

65
B

20.2 20.2

Y
IP5-19

LH FOOTWELL LAMP
S O S
CA86-3

BK
CA1-2

BK
IPS13

BK
IP26-1 IP26-2

OY

66
B

U
IP5-18

RH FOOTWELL LAMP

B
CAS10 G15AL G15AR**

B
CA15-2

B
FLS1

B
FL9-2
DOOR AJAR SWITCH

B
FL9-1 CA15-20

R
CA1-7

R
IP6-22 (LHD) IP6-21 (RHD)

LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

INTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL

MAP LAMP 1

BK

B
CA20-2 G4AL

B
FRS1

B
FR9-2
DOOR AJAR SWITCH

B
FR9-1 CA20-20

R
CA1-5

R
IP6-21 (LHD) IP6-22 (RHD)

RC22-3 RC30-3* RC22-1 RC30-2*

OY
RC22-9 RC30-1*

71
B

RH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

FRONT INTERIOR LAMP

* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.

BK
CA1-6

BK
CA36-1

B
CAS10 G15AL G15AR**

B
CA25-3

B
BLS3

B
BL6-2
DOOR AJAR SWITCH

B
BL6-1 CA25-14

Y
CA87-15

MAP LAMP 2 ROOF CONSOLE

NOTE: BLS3 Powered Rear Windows only.

LH REAR DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

BK

B
CAS8 G4AR

B
CA30-3

B
BRS4

B
BR6-2
DOOR AJAR SWITCH

B
BR6-1 CA30-14

Y
CA86-18

I
REMOTE LOCK / UNLOCK

RC11-1

OY
RC20-1

70
B

W
CA416-1

W
CA417-1

RC11-2

NOTE: BRS4 Powered Rear Windows only.

RH REAR DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

BRD B
REMOTE LOCK / UNLOCK

BRD
CA416-2 CA417-2

REAR INTERIOR LAMP

I
IP5-3

** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

EXTERNAL ANTENNA (JAPAN, S. KOREA)

B
RC9-2 RC9-1

OY

68
B

SET (LHD)

B
FL3-5 CA16-5

G
CA86-16

I
KEY BARREL (LHD ONLY)

B
CAS10 G15AL G15AR**

B
CA15-2

B
FLS1

B
FL3-6
RESET (LHD)

B
FL3-7 CA16-6

U
CA86-14

LH VANITY MIRROR LAMP

** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

G15AL G15AR**
SET (RHD)

B
CAS10

B
CA36-13

B
RCS1

B
RC8-2 RC8-1

OY

69
B

B
FR3-5 CA21-5

G
CA86-16

I I
CA86-14

B
CA20-2

B
FRS1

B
FR3-6
RESET (RHD)

KEY BARREL (RHD ONLY)

B
FR3-7 CA21-6

RH VANITY MIRROR LAMP

G4AL

RH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

O
CA86-1

OG
CAS85

OG
CA16-3

OG
FL7-2 FL7-1

OY

73
B

B
IP6-1

LH DOOR COURTESY LAMP

P

B
CA86-5 G5AS (G5AR)

OG
CA21-3

OG
FR6-2 FR6-1

OY

72
B

G4AL

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

RH DOOR COURTESY LAMP

B
CAS9 G1AR

B
CA45-2

B
TL10-2

B
TMS2

B
TM6-3
TRUNK SWITCH

OY
TM6-4 TL10-3

OY
CA45-3

OY
CA132-1 CA132-2

OY
TRUNK LAMP

74
B

TRUNK LOCK MOTOR

B
G5AS (G37BL)

B
IPS66 (LHD) IP25-2 IPS68 (RHD) IP25-1

OY
GLOVE BOX LAMP

08.1

FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 09.2
COMPONENTS Component
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL) AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL)

Connector(s)
AC1 IP101 AC1 IP39 IP101 IP135 ID1 IP65 IP106 IP42 FL1 FR1 BL1 FL10 BR1 IP29 IP51 IP10 IP11 IP14 IP17 RC22 RC30 RC31 RC33 RC34 SW4 IP70 IP136 IP137 IP138 IP139

Connector Description
26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 6-WAY / GREY 26-WAY / YELLOW 2-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / ORANGE 20-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 16-WAY / GREEN 16-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY

Location
BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL

AUDIO UNIT

INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

CIGAR LIGHTER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK LH REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK RH REAR DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH HAZARD, SEAT HEATER SWITCHES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER J GATE ASSEMBLY MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH ROOF CONSOLE

ASH TRAY DRIVER DOOR ARM REST LH REAR DOOR PASSENGER DOOR RH REAR DOOR INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER CONSOLE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER CONSOLE INSTRUMENT PANEL ROOF, CENTER FRONT

STEERING WHEEL TELEMATICS DISPLAY

STEERING COLUMN CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA15 CA20 CA25 CA30 CA36 JB1 JB129

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST LH B/C POST RH B/C POST LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G5 G14 G15 G36 G37

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting

Fig. 09.2

IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT SWITCH ILLUMINATION

O
SW3-4

B
SW3-3

O
IP34-5 CASSETTE SW4-4

O
SWS2 SWS1

B
SW4-3 CASSETTE IP34-6

YG
JB129-14

(2.5, 3.0 L)

YG
JB1-24

YG

03.2

ECM: GROUND

O
SW5-1 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH ILLUMINATION

B
SW5-2

(2.0 L)

B
JBS55

B
G14AL

STEERING WHEEL

O O O
IP17-1 IPS4

O
IP101-20

B
IP101-15 G37BR

O O

O
IP11-21 IP11-8

B
G37AL (G36BL)

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (PANEL)

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

O
IP70-9

B
IP70-12 G37BR

PWM

O
IP51-6 IP51-5

B
G5AR

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

O
19

R
IP17-8

SIDE LAMPS

HAZARD, SEAT HEATER SWITCHES

NOTE: IPS65 LHD only.

O
IPS21

O
IP65-17 IP65-1

B
G37AR

O
IP110-1 IP42-1

B
IPS65

B
G36AL G5AL)

AUDIO UNIT

CIGAR LIGHTER
CA1-9

O
IP14-3 IP14-2

B
IPS68

B
G37BL

B O
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH

IPS67 (LHD) IP17-6 IPS69 (RHD) G37BL (G36BL)

J GATE

O
CA36-4

O
RC22-10

B
RC22-1 RCS1

B
CA36-13

B
CAS10

B
G15AL G15AR*

O
IP29-6 IP29-5

B
IPS68

B
G37BL

ROOF CONSOLE
* NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles. CAS11

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH

O
CA20-16 (LHD) CA15-16 (RHD)

O
FR10-4 (LHD) FL10-4 (RHD)

B
FR10-8 (LHD) FL10-8 (RHD) FRS1 (LHD) FLS1 (RHD)

B
CA20-2 (LHD) CA15-2 (RHD)

B
CAS10

B
G4AL (G15AR)

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK

NOTE: CAS10 RHD only.

O
CA15-16 (LHD) CA20-16 (RHD)

O
FL1-8 (LHD) FR1-8 (RHD)

B
FL1-14 (LHD) FR1-14 (RHD) REAR WINDOW ISOLATE CIRCUIT FLS1 (LHD) FRS1 (RHD)

B
CA15-2 (LHD) CA20-2 (RHD)

B
CAS10

B
G15AR (G4AL)

O
CA30-11

O
BR1-4 BR1-8

BW
CA30-7

BW
CAS59

BW
CA15-7 (LHD) CA20-7 (RHD)

BW
FL1-5 (LHD) FR1-5 (RHD)

NOTE: CAS10 LHD only.

RH REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

O
CA25-11

O
BL1-4 BL1-8

BW
CA25-7

BW

LH REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 10.1
COMPONENTS Component
ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Instrument Cluster Pin

C C I I I O IP10-17 IP10-18 IP11-8 IP11-23 IP11-24 IP11-25

Description and Characteristic

CAN + CAN POWER GROUND: GROUND VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING FEEDBACK: CLOSED LOOP IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING DRIVE: 864 mA = MAXIMUM ASSIST; 0 mA = MINIMUM ASSIST

Connector(s)
RC5 IP10 IP11 EM91

Connector Description
5-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 2-WAY

Location
REAR VIEW MIRROR INSTRUMENT PANEL STEERING RACK PINION HOUSING

VARIABLE ASSIST SERVO

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA36 JB130 JB145

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Connector Description
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS Ground
G15 G36 G37

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror

Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror

Fig. 10.1

42
II

GR
IP11-24

20.1 CAN
VEHICLE SPEED

Y
IP10-17

C C
IP10-18

O
IP11-25

R
JB130-2

R
JB145-3

R
EM91-2

20.1

I
IP11-23

U
JB130-3

U
JB145-2

U
EM91-1

B
IP11-8 G37AL (G36BL)

VARIABLE ASSIST SERVO INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

VARIABLE ASSIST STEERING

54
II

WU* BR
RC5-1

REVERSE LAMPS: REVERSE LAMPS ON (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.3

GB
CA36-7

GB
RC5-3

B
CAS10

B
CA36-13

B
RCS1

B
RC5-2

G15AL G15AR*

ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR

* NOTE: G15AR, WU early production vehicles.

ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 10.2
COMPONENTS Component
DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER FOLD FLAT MODULE DOOR MIRROR LH DOOR MIRROR RH

Connector(s)
FL1 FR1 CA270 FL5 FR4

Connector Description
20-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / GREY 22-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK

Location
DRIVER DOOR ARM REST BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG LH FRONT DOOR RH FRONT DOOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA15 CA16 CA20 CA21 CA65 CA70

Connector Description
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS

Location
DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST BELOW RH FRONT SEAT BELOW LH FRONT SEAT

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G15

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back

Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back

Fig. 10.2

52
II

GW
FL1-15

O
FL1-17

N
CA16-12

N
CA16-18

N
FL5-4

48
II

GU
FR1-15

O
FR1-17

N
CA21-12

N
CA16-14

N
FL5-4

LH

LH

COMMON
RH FL1-16

YR
FLS2

YR
FL5-2

YR
RH

COMMON
FR1-16

YR

YR
FRS7 CA21-13

YR
CA16-13

YR
FL5-2

YR

O
FL1-4

WR
CA15-19

WR
CA16-19

WR
FL5-6

WR
LH MIRROR

O
FR1-4

WR
CA20-19

WR
CA16-15

WR
FL5-6

WR
LH MIRROR

O
FL1-18

N
CA16-14

N
CA21-14

N
FR4-4

O
FR1-18

N
CA21-14

N
CA21-18

N
FR4-4

YR
CA16-13

YR
CA21-13

YR
FR4-2

YR

YR
FR4-2

YR

B
CAS10 G15AL G15AR*

B
CA15-2

B
FLS1

B
FL1-14

O
FL1-3

WR
CA16-15

WR
CA21-15

WR
FR4-6

WR
RH MIRROR
G4AL

B
CA20-2

B
FRS1

B
FR1-14

O
FR1-3

WR
CA21-15

WR
CA21-19

WR
FR4-6

WR
RH MIRROR

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

* NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT: LHD

DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT: RHD

U
64

U
CA16-17 FL5-16

U
64

U N
CA270-4 B CA16-17

U
FL5-16

N
CA270-4

W B
CAS10 G15AL G15AR*

W
CA16-11 FL5-15

W B
CA20-2

W B
FRS1

W
CA16-11 FL5-15

W
LH MIRROR

B
CA15-2

B
FLS1

B
FL1-14 FL1-11

R
CA16-16

R
CA270-2

B
FR1-14 FR1-11

R
CA21-16

R
CA270-2

LH MIRROR DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

O

G4AL

U
CA270-3 CAS46

U
CA21-17

U
FR4-16

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

U
CA270-3 CAS46

U
CA21-17

U
FR4-16

* NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

G15AL G15AR*

B
CAS10

B
CA270-5

W
CA270-1 CAS64

W
CA21-11

W
FR4-15

W
G15AL G15AR*

B
CAS10

B
CA270-5

W
CA270-1 CAS64

W
CA21-11

W
FR4-15

FOLD FLAT MODULE

RH MIRROR

FOLD FLAT MODULE

* NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

RH MIRROR

DOOR MIRROR FOLD: LHD

DOOR MIRROR FOLD: RHD

NOTE: Refer to Figures 06.1 and 06.2 for Mirror Heaters.

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 11.1
COMPONENTS Component
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP LH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP RH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK LH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS LH

Connector(s)
LS19 RS19 LS16 RS16 LS2 LS4 LS5 LS6 RS2 RS4 RS5 RS6 LS1 RS1

Connector Description
3-WAY / WHITE 3-WAY / WHITE 7-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / RED 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / RED 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / RED 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 12-WAY / GREY 12-WAY / GREY

Location
LH SEAT RH SEAT LH FRONT SEAT RH FRONT SEAT BELOW LH SEAT

SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS RH

BELOW RH SEAT

SEAT SWITCH PACK LH SEAT SWITCH PACK RH

LH SEAT RH SEAT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA65 CA70

Connector Description
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS

Location
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT BELOW LH FRONT SEAT

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G15

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement

Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement

Fig. 11.1

LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS

RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS

NOTE: 40 Non Heated Seat. 42 Heated Seat.

NOTE: 45 Non Heated Seat. 47 Heated Seat.

LS5 -1 B LS1-6 LS5 -2 LS4 -1 LS4 -2 LS2 -1 LS2 -2 LS6 -1 LS6 -2

40

42

OG

45
YB WB YG WG YU WR

47

OY
RS1-6

RS5 -1 B

RS5 -2

RS4 -1

RS4 -2

RS2 -1

RS2 -2

RS6 -1

RS6 -2

YR WR

WB

YB

WG

YG

WR

YU

WR

YR

YB
LS1-4 RS1-4

WB YB
RS1-5

WB
LS1-5

YG
LS1-3 RS1-3

WG YG
RS1-11

WG
LS1-11

YU
LS1-9 RS1-9

WR YU
RS1-8

WR
LS1-8

YR
LS1-7 RS1-7

WR YR
RS1-12

WR
LS1-12

P
LS1-1

P
RS1-1

LH SEAT SWITCH PACK LH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

RH SEAT SWITCH PACK RH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

WG
LS16-7 LS19-3 RS16-7

YG
RS19-3

43

OG
LS16-2 LS19-2

B
YG
LS16-1 LS19-1

48

OY
RS16-2 RS19-2

B
WG
RS16-1 RS19-1

B
LS16-3 RS16-3

B
LSS1 RS16-6

B
LS16-6

B
RH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK

RSS1

LH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK

NOTE: LSS1 Lumbar Vehicles only.

B
CAS8

B
CA65-16

B
CAS8

B
CA70-16

NOTE: RSS1 Lumbar Vehicles only.

G15AL (G4AR)

NOTE: CAS8 RHD only.

G4AR (G15AL)

NOTE: CAS8 LHD only.

LH SEAT

RH SEAT

NOTE: Powered Lumbar Circuit and components Powered Lumbar Seats only.

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: 8-Way Powered Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 11.2
COMPONENTS Component
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR RH SEAT SWITCH PACK LH SEAT SWITCH PACK RH

Connector(s)
LS10 RS10 LS1 RS1

Connector Description
2-WAY / RED 2-WAY / RED 12-WAY / GREY 12-WAY / GREY

Location
BELOW LH SEAT BELOW RH SEAT LH SEAT RH SEAT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA65 CA70

Connector Description
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS

Location
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT BELOW LH FRONT SEAT

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G15

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement

Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement

Fig. 11.2

LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR

RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR

LS10 -2

LS10 -1

RS10 -2

RS10 -1

WG

YG

YG WG

NOTE: 40 Non Heated Seat. 42 Heated Seat.

LS16-7

NOTE:

WG

45 Non Heated Seat. 47 Heated Seat.

RS16-7

YG

40

42

OG
LS16-2

45

47

OY
LS16-2

YG
LS16-1 RS16-1

WG

B
LS16-3 RS16-3

B B
LSS1 CA65-16

B
LS16-6

B
CAS8

B
RS16-6

B
RSS1

B
CA70-16

B
CAS8

LH SEAT SWITCH PACK

NOTE: CAS8 RHD only.
G15AL (G4AR)

RH SEAT SWITCH PACK

NOTE: CAS8 LHD only.

G4AR (G15AL)

LH SEAT

RH SEAT

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: 2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 11.3
COMPONENTS Component
SEAT BACK HEATER LH SEAT BACK HEATER RH SEAT CUSHION HEATER LH SEAT CUSHION HEATER RH SEAT HEATER MODULE LH SEAT HEATER MODULE RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH RH

Connector(s)
LS7 RS7 LS7 RS7 LS13 RS13 IP51 IP56

Connector Description
4-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 4-WAY / GREY 12-WAY / GREY 12-WAY / GREY 6-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK

Location
BELOW LH SEAT BELOW RH SEAT BELOW LH SEAT BELOW RH SEAT BELOW LH SEAT BELOW RH SEAT CENTER CONSOLE CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA65 CA70 CA240

Connector Description
18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS

Location
BELOW RH FRONT SEAT BELOW LH FRONT SEAT LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G5 G15 G36

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Seat Heaters

Seat Heaters

Fig. 11.3

NOTE: 40 Heaters only Seat. 41 Powered Heated Seats.

40

41 27
II

OG
LS13-12

I
LS13-3

W
LS7-3

GB
LS13-5

O
LS13-4

N
LS7-2

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

O
LS13-6

GB
LS7-1

W
IP51-2 CA240-7

W
CA65-10

W
LS13-8

NOTE: IPS65 LHD only.

IP51-3

R
CA240-1

R
CA65-17

R
LS13-10

LH CUSHION HEATER
O O
NOTE: CAS8 RHD only.

B
IPS65

B
IP51-5 IP51-1

U
STATE
CA240-6

U
CA65-10

U
LS13-9

I
LS13-7

B
LS7-4

G36AL (G5AR)

LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH

P
LS13-1

B
LSS1

B
CA65-16

B
CAS8

B
LH SEAT BACK HEATER
G15AL (G4AR)

LH SEAT HEATER MODULE

NOTE: LSS1 8-way; 2-way; Lumbar only.

LH SEAT
NOTE: 45 Heaters only Seat. 46 Powered Heated Seats.

45

46 26
II

OY
RS13-12

I
RS13-3

N
RS7-3

GB
RS13-5

O
RS13-4

W
RS7-2

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

O
RS13-6

GW
RS7-1

W
IP56-2 CA240-4

W
CA70-10

W
RS13-8

NOTE: IPS65 LHD only.

IP56-3

R
CA240-5

R
CA70-17

R
RS13-10

RH CUSHION HEATER
O O
NOTE: CAS8 LHD only.

B
IPS65

B
IP51-5

U
STATE
IP56-1 CA240-3

U
CA70-18

U
RS13-9

I
RS13-7

B
RS7-4

G36AL (G5AR)

RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH

P
RS13-1

B
RSS1

B
CA70-16

B
CAS8

B
RH SEAT BACK HEATER
G4AR (G15AL)

RH SEAT HEATER MODULE

NOTE: RSS1 8-way; 2-way; Lumbar only.

RH SEAT

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Heated Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 12.1
COMPONENTS Component
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY LH REAR DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY RH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY RH REAR GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

General Electronic Control Module Pin

O PG I I I I I O O O I I O I O I S S SG I I I B+ CA86-4 CA86-5 CA86-14 CA86-16 CA86-18 CA86-19 CA86-22 CA87-2 CA87-3 CA87-5 CA87-15 CA87-16 IP5-1 IP5-3 IP5-5 IP5-16 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP6-1 IP6-8 IP6-21 IP6-22 JB172-1

Description and Characteristic

CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE DOUBLE LOCKING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND TRUNK LID AJAR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND UNLOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

Connector(s)
FL3 FL9 BL3 BL6 FR3 FR9 BR3 BR6 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 IP18 IP132 IP10 IP11 TM6 TM8

Connector Description
8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 7-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 5-WAY / NATURAL 2-WAY / WHITE

Location
LH FRONT DOOR LH REAR DOOR RH FRONT DOOR RH REAR DOOR BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

IGNITION SWITCH PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ EXTERNAL ANTENNA DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED SCP SCP + TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH INERTIA SWITCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

STEERING COLUMN LOWER RH A POST INSTRUMENT PANEL TRUNK LID TRUNK LID

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

LOGIC GROUND: GROUND KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

Connector
CA1 CA15 CA16 CA20 CA21

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST LH B/C POST RH B/C POST TRUNK LH REAR BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE

Instrument Cluster Pin

I S S I I IP10-13 IP10-22 IP10-23 IP11-7 IP11-8

CA25 CA30 CA45 TL10

Description and Characteristic

EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED SCP + SCP

GROUNDS
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND

Ground
G1 G4 G15 G36 G37

Location
TRUNK / LH REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Central Door Locking: Double Locking

Central Door Locking: Double Locking

Fig. 12.1

NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when all doors are closed, the Ignition is switched to II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).
SCP

22

OY
JB172-1

LOCKING

I S
IP5-16

U
CA1-11

U
CA45-6

U
TL10-6

U
TM8-1 TM8-2

B
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

01.4

GU

20.2 20.2

Y
IP5-19

U
IP5-18

KEY-IN

B
IP18-5

B
IP6-8

NOT CONNECTED

W
TMS3 TM6-2

I I
CA86-22

TRUNK AJAR SWITCH

N
CA45-5

N
TL10-5

N
TM6-5

I
4

R
IP18-4

20.2

Y
IP10-22

S S
IP10-23

II GO
IP18-1 IPS45

VEHICLE SPEED; EMERGENCY UNLOCK

LOCK / UNLOCK

O
CA87-2

O
CA45-4

O
TL10-4

O
TM6-1 TM6-3

B
TMS2

B
TL10-2

B
CA45-2

B
CAS9

GO
IP132-1

20.2
IP132-3

GR
IP132-2 IP10-13

TRUNK LOCK MOTOR

P

G1AR

III
INERTIA SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH

VEHICLE IMPACT
B

B
IP11-8 G37AL (G36BL)

61

O
IP11-7

REMOTE LOCK / UNLOCK

I
IP5-3

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

I
CA87-15

Y
CA25-14

B
BL6-1

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
BL6-2 BLS3

B
CA25-3

B
CAS10

B
FL9-2

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
FL9-1 CA15-20

R
CA1-7

R
IP6-22 (LHD) 1P6-21 (RHD)

YB
CA25-10

B
BL3-3

NOTE: BLS3 Powered Rear Windows only.

G15AL G15AR*

B
FL3-2 CA16-20

WG
CA1-4

WG YB
IP5-5 (LHD) IP5-1 (RHD)

O UNLOCK O LOCK
CA87-3

YB
CA25-9

B
BL3-1

B
FL3-1 CA16-10

YB

CAS1

ACTUATOR SWITCHES

* NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

ACTUATOR SWITCHES

WB B
FL3-3 CA16-7

B
CA25-8 BL3-2

YB

CAS2

YB
CA86-4

O DOUBLE LOCK I
CA86-19

LOCK
FL3-8

B
CA16-9

O W
CA16-8

CAS73

O
CAS74

UNLOCK

O
CA87-5

WB
CAS79

UNLOCK
FL3-4

W
CA87-16

LH REAR DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

B
CAS10

B
CA15-2

B
FLS1

B
FL3-6

SET (LHD)
FL3-5

B
CA16-5

G
CA86-16

I I
CA86-14

WB
(KEY BARREL LHD ONLY)
CA30-8

B
BR3-2

RESET (LHD)
G15AL G15AR* FL3-7

B
CA16-6

YB
CA30-9

B
BR3-1

LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

* NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

LOCKING CONTROL

YB
CA30-10

B
BR3-3

B
FR3-3 CA21-7

YB
I
CA86-18

ACTUATOR SWITCHES

ACTUATOR SWITCHES

Y
CA30-14

B
BR6-1

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
BR6-2 BRS4

B
CA30-3

B
CAS8

B
FR3-1 CA21-10

YB WB
CA21-20 CA1-8

B
FR3-2

WB
IP5-1 (LHD) IP5-5 (RHD)

O UNLOCK

RH REAR DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

NOTE: BRS4 Powered Rear Windows only.

G4AR

LOCK
FR3-8

B
CA21-9

O W
CA21-8

UNLOCK
FR3-4

B B
FR3-5 CA21-5

REMOTE LOCK / UNLOCK

W
CA416-1

W
CA417-1

B
FR3-6

SET (RHD)

G
CA86-16

I
(KEY BARREL RHD ONLY)

BRD
CA416-2

BRD
CA417-2

RESET (RHD)
FR3-7

B
CA21-6

U
CA86-14

EXTERNAL ANTENNA (JAPAN, S. KOREA)

B
CA20-2

B
FRS1

B
FR9-2

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
FR9-1 CA20-20

R
CA1-5

R
IP6-21 (LHD) IP6-22 (RHD)

I
IP6-1

B
P
CA86-5 G5AS (G5AR)

G4AL

RH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE NOTE: Set / Reset Switch in Front Door Latch Assemblies LHD: LH Front Latch only, RHD: RH Front Latch only.

G4AL

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Double Locking Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 12.2
COMPONENTS Component
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY LH REAR DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY RH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY RH REAR

General Electronic Control Module Pin

PG I I I I I O O O I I O I O I S S SG I I I B+ CA86-5 CA86-14 CA86-16 CA86-18 CA86-19 CA86-22 CA87-2 CA87-3 CA87-5 CA87-15 CA87-16 IP5-1 IP5-3 IP5-5 IP5-16 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP6-1 IP6-8 IP6-21 IP6-22 JB172-1

Description and Characteristic

POWER GROUND: GROUND RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND TRUNK LID AJAR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND UNLOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ EXTERNAL ANTENNA DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED SCP SCP + LOGIC GROUND: GROUND KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

Connector(s)
FL3 FL9 BL3 BL6 FR3 FR9 BR3 BR6 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 IP18 IP132 IP10 IP11 TM6 TM8

Connector Description
8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 7-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 5-WAY / NATURAL 2-WAY / WHITE

Location
LH FRONT DOOR LH REAR DOOR RH FRONT DOOR RH REAR DOOR BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

IGNITION SWITCH INERTIA SWITCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH

STEERING COLUMN LOWER RH A POST INSTRUMENT PANEL TRUNK LID TRUNK LID

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA15 CA16 CA20

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST LH B/C POST RH B/C POST TRUNK LH REAR BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE

Instrument Cluster Pin

I S S I I IP10-13 IP10-22 IP10-23 IP11-7 IP11-8

CA21 CA25 CA30 CA45 TL10

Description and Characteristic

EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED SCP + SCP BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND

GROUNDS Ground
G1 G4 G15 G36 G37

Location
TRUNK / LH REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking

Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking

Fig. 12.2

NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when all doors are closed, the Ignition is switched to II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).

22
SCP 20.2 20.2
KEY-IN

OY
JB172-1

LOCKING

U
IP5-16 CA1-11

U
CA45-6

U
TL10-6

U
TM8-1 TM8-2

B
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH

Y
IP5-19

S S
IP5-18

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

01.4

GU

B
IP18-5

B
IP6-8

NOT CONNECTED

W
TMS3 TM6-2

I I
CA86-22

N
CA45-5

N
TL10-5

N
TM6-5

TRUNK AJAR SWITCH

I
4

R
IP18-4

20.2

Y
IP10-22

S S
IP10-23

II GO
IP18-1 IPS45

VEHICLE SPEED; EMERGENCY UNLOCK

LOCK / UNLOCK

O
CA87-2

O
CA45-4

O
TL10-4

O
TM6-1 TM6-3

B
TMS2

B
TL10-2

B
CA45-2

B
CAS9

GO
IP132-1

20.2
IP132-3

GR
IP132-2 IP10-13

TRUNK LOCK MOTOR

P

G1AR

III
INERTIA SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH

VEHICLE IMPACT
B

B
IP11-8

61

O
IP11-7

REMOTE LOCK / UNLOCK

I
IP5-3

G37AL (G36BL)

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

I
CA87-15

Y
CA25-14

B
BL6-1

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
BL6-2 BLS3

B
CA25-3

B
CAS10

B
FL9-2

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
FL9-1 CA15-20

R
CA1-7

R
IP6-22 (LHD) 1P6-21 (RHD)

YB
CA25-9

B
BL3-1

NOTE: BLS3 Powered Rear Windows only.

G15AL G15AR*

B
FL3-2 CA16-20

WG
CA1-4

WG YB O
CAS73 IP5-5 (LHD) IP5-1 (RHD) CA87-3

O UNLOCK O LOCK I

WB
CA25-8

B
BL3-2

B
FL3-1 CA16-10

YB

CAS1

* NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

LOCK
FL3-8

B
CA16-9

O
CA86-19 CAS74

LH REAR DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

UNLOCK

UNLOCK
FL3-4

B
CA16-8

W
CA87-16

O
CA87-5

WB
CAS79

B
CAS10

B
CA15-2

B
FLS1

B
FL3-6

SET (LHD)
FL3-5

B
CA16-5

G
CA86-16

I I
CA86-14

RESET (LHD)
G15AL G15AR* FL3-7

B
CA16-6

(KEY BARREL LHD ONLY)

WB
CA30-8

B
BR3-2

YB
LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY
CA30-9

B
BR3-1

* NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

I
CA86-18

Y
CA30-14

B
BR6-1

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
BR6-2 BRS4

B
CA30-3

B
CAS8

LOCKING CONTROL

RH REAR DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

NOTE: BRS4 Powered Rear Windows only.

G4AR

B
FR3-1 CA21-10

YB

B
FR3-2 CA21-20

WB
CA1-8

WB
IP5-1 (LHD) IP5-5 (RHD)

O UNLOCK
REMOTE LOCK / UNLOCK

LOCK
FR3-8

B
CA21-9

O W
CA21-8

W
CA416-1

W
CA417-1

UNLOCK
FR3-4

BRD
CA416-2

BRD
CA417-2

B
FR3-6

SET (LHD)
FR3-5

B
CA21-5

G
CA86-16

I
(KEY BARREL RHD ONLY)

EXTERNAL ANTENNA (JAPAN, S. KOREA)

RESET (LHD)
FR3-7

B
CA21-6

U
CA86-14

B
CA20-2

B
FRS1

B
FR9-2

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
FR9-1 CA20-20

R
CA1-5

R
IP6-21 (LHD) IP6-22 (RHD)

I
IP6-1

B
P
CA86-5 G5AS (G5AR)

G4AL

RH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

G4AL

NOTE: Set / Reset Switch in Front Door Latch Assemblies LHD: LH Front Latch only, RHD: RH Front Latch only.

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Non Double Locking Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 12.3
COMPONENTS Component
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER AUDIO UNIT

General Electronic Control Module Pin

PG I I I O I I O O I I O I S S SG I I I I I B+ O O B+ D I CA86-5 CA86-17 CA86-18 CA86-19 CA86-20 CA86-22 CA86-23 CA87-1 CA87-2 CA87-15 IP5-3 IP5-14 IP5-16 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP6-1 IP6-8 IP6-9 IP6-10 IP6-21 IP6-22 JB172-1 JB172-3 JB172-4 JB172-5 JB172-18 JB172-21

Description and Characteristic

POWER GROUND: GROUND INCLINATION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+ RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND INCLINATION AND INTRUSION SENSORS POWER SUPPLY: B+ TRUNK LID AJAR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND INTRUSION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+ PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND EXTERNAL ANTENNA HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED SCP SCP + LOGIC GROUND: GROUND KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED AUDIO UNIT PRESENCE SENSE: GROUND WHEN RADIO INSTALLED PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+ RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+ ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS HOOD AJAR: HOOD OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; HOOD CLOSED = GROUND

Connector(s)
JB70 ID1 IP65 IP106 EN65 EN16 FL3 FL9 BL3 BL6 FR3 FR9 BR3 BR6 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 JB81 JB87 IP18 CA190 IP10 IP11 IP15 SL1 SL2 RC22 RC30 RC31 RC33 RC34 IP29 TM6

Connector Description
6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 104-WAY / BLACK 134-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 7-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 4-WAY / GREEN 1-WAY 1-WAY 22-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 5-WAY / NATURAL

Location
BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY LH REAR DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY RH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY RH REAR GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE LH FRONT DOOR LH REAR DOOR RH FRONT DOOR RH REAR DOOR BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

HOOD SECURITY SWITCH HORN RELAY HORNS IGNITION SWITCH INCLINATION SENSOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX ROOF CONSOLE

ADJACENT TO RH FRONT SUSPENSION TURRET POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R3 ADJACENT TO BATTERY STEERING COLUMN TRUNK LH REAR INSTRUMENT PANEL STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH LH FRONT OF VEHICLE ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE ROOF, CENTER FRONT

Instrument Cluster Pin

O D D I O C C S S I I I IP10-2 IP10-3 IP10-4 IP10-5 IP10-6 IP10-17 IP10-18 IP10-22 IP10-23 IP11-7 IP11-8 IP11-11

Description and Characteristic

SECURITY INDICATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION PATS GROUND: GROUND PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+ CAN + CAN SCP + SCP BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+

SECURITY INDICATOR TRUNK LOCK MOTOR

CENTER CONSOLE TRUNK LID

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA15 CA20 CA25 CA30 CA36 CA45 CA170

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR 6-WAY / BLACK / SECURITY SOUNDER LINK LEAD 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST LH B/C POST RH B/C POST LH LOWER A POST TRUNK LH REAR LH LOWER A POST BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER LH LOWER A POST BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

JB79 JB129 TL10

GROUNDS Ground
G1 G4 G5 G11 G14 G15 G36 G37

Location
TRUNK / LH REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Security System

Security System

Fig. 12.3

NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.1or 03.3.

61 15
II

O
IP11-7

22 23
Y
IP10-22

OY
JB172-1

I
B CA86-17

G
CA190-4

GR
IP11-11

O
JB172-5

B
CA190-5 CAS9

B
G1AR

Y
EN16-124 EN65-89 (2.0L)

POWER

O
CA86-20

Y
CAS83

Y
CA190-6

20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1

Y
IP10-17

C C
IP10-18

S S
IP10-23

20.2 20.2

20.2 20.2

Y
IP5-19

G
EN16-123 EN65-88 (2.0L)

U
IP5-18

INCLINATION SENSOR
S

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM

SECURITY CONTROL

Y
CA36-11

Y
RC22-6 RC33-1*

D
RC22-8 RC33-3*

20.2

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

G
IP10-6

PATS POWER

O
IP10-2

OY
IP29-1 IP29-5

B
IPS68

B
I
CA86-23 G37BL

W
CA36-10

W
RC22-7 RC33-4*

O
INTRUSION SENSOR
RC22-1 RC33-2*

B
RCS1

B
CA36-13

B
CAS10

B
G15AL G15AR**

SECURITY INDICATOR

O
IP15-4 IP10-4

D D
IP10-3

* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.

G
IP15-1 IP15-3

WG B
IP15-2 IP10-5

B
IP5-3

REMOTE SECURITY

ROOF CONSOLE
** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

I
RADIO REMOVED
IP65-8 IP65-1 G37AR

PATS GROUND

B
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
G37AL (G36BL) IP11-8

P
CA417-1

W
CA416-1

W BRD
CA416-2

I
REMOTE SECURITY

I
IP6-10

B
OY
JB87-2

BRD
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CA417-2

EXTERNAL ANTENNA (JAPAN, S. KOREA)

KEY-IN

AUDIO UNIT

B
JBS56 JB87-1

B
IP18-5

B
IP6-8

I O
JB172-4

OY O
JB172-3

I
4

08.1 08.1

08.2
TURN SIGNAL FLASH

G11AR

R
IP18-4

** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

08.2

HORNS

II
G15AL G15AR**

B
CAS10

B
CA15-2

B
FLS1

B
FL9-2

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
FL9-1 CA15-20

R
CA1-7

R
IP6-22 (LHD) IP6-21 (RHD)

I
4

R3
3

OY
O
IP5-14

OY
JBS32

OY

III

24

LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

B
JB129-6

OY

IGNITION SWITCH
G4AL

B
CA20-2

B
FRS1

B
FR9-2

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
FR9-1 CA20-20

R
CA1-5

R
IP6-21 (LHD) IP6-22 (RHD)

HORN RELAY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

RH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

B
CAS10 G15AL G15AR**

B
CA25-3

B
BLS3

B
BL6-2

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
BL6-1 CA25-14

Y
CA87-15

I O
CA87-1

B
CA170-12

B
JB79-1

B
SL2-1

NOTE: BLS3 Powered Rear Windows only.

LH REAR DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

B
JBS56 G11AR

B
JB79-5

B
SL1-1

B
CAS8 G4AR

B
CA30-3

B
BRS4

B
BR6-2

B
DOOR AJAR SWITCH
BR6-1 CA30-14

Y
CA86-18

PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER

NOTE: BRS4 Powered Rear Windows only.

RH REAR DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

20
II

W
JB79-3

NOT CONNECTED
TMS3

W
TM6-2

63
TRUNK AJAR SWITCH

U
JB79-6

U
JB172-18

U
JB79-4

N
TM6-5 TL10-5

N
CA45-5

N
CA86-22

B
G11AR

B
JBS56 JB79-5

B
CAS9 G1AR

B
CA45-2

B
TL10-2

B
TMS2

B
TM6-3 TM6-1

O
TL10-4

O
CA45-4

O
CA87-2

TRUNK LOCK MOTOR

IP6-1

ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER

B B
I
JB172-21

B
JBS55 G14AL

B
JB81-2 JB81-1

P
CA86-5

B
NOTE: Check market specification and/or vehicle option specification for fitment of the following Security Components:
G4AL G5AS (G5AR)

HOOD SECURITY SWITCH GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

INCLINATION SENSOR INTRUSION SENSOR PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 13.1
COMPONENTS Component
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

General Electronic Control Module Pin

PG I S S O SG I I B+ I B+ O CA86-5 IP5-4 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP5-21 IP6-1 IP6-4 IP6-5 JB172-1 JB172-2 JB172-5 JB172-23

Description and Characteristic

POWER GROUND: GROUND INTERMITTENT WIPE INTERVAL: 1 = 0.5 4 k; 2 = 4 14 k; 3 = 14 24 k; 4 = 24 34 k; 5 = 34 43 k; 6 = 43 57 k SCP SCP + WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND LOGIC GROUND: GROUND INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+ WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+ POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

Connector(s)
CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 JB65 JB109 JB63 IP16

Connector Description
23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / WHITE 5-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREY

Location
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX POWER WASH PUMP POWER WASH PUMP RELAY WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R1 BASE OF WINDSHIELD LH SIDE STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

JB3 JB129 JB130

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Connector Description
14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS

Location
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G5 G10 G14 G36 G37

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Wash / Wipe System

Wash / Wipe System

Fig. 13.1

22 23

OY
JB172-1

O
JB172-5

20.2 SCP
SIDE LAMPS STATUS

Y
IP5-19

S S
IP5-18
WASH / WIPE CONTROL

20.2

POWER WASH PUMP RELAY

R5
4 5

NOTE: Headlamp Power Wash enabled when Side Lamps On.

27

U GU

OY

OY
JB65-1 JB65-2

B
JBS54

O
JB172-23
FLICK WIPE

GU

GU

96
E

POWER WASH PUMP

G10AL

WG
IP16-4 JB129-8

WG
JBS19

WG
JB130-19

WG
IP5-21

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

I

WB
JB172-2

WASHER

GR
IP16-2 IPS22

GR
IP6-5

62
II

GW
IP16-6
FAST WIPE INTERMITTENT WIPE

WB
IP16-8 JB3-3

WB GU
IP5-4

GU
IP16-1

B
I
IP6-1

INTERMITTENT SELECT

W
IP16-10

W
IP6-4

P
CA86-5

B
61
II

GR
JB63-4
RUN

G4AL

G5AS (G5AR) JBS26

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

WIPER PARK

WB
JB63-3
PARK

WB
IP16-7 JB3-13

WB WG
JB3-7

WB
JB63-1

HIGH SPEED

B
IPS67 (LHD) IPS69 (RHD) G37BL (G36BL)

B
IP16-3
SLOW WIPE

B
LOW SPEED

WG
IP16-9

WG
JB63-2

JB63-5

G14AR

WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY

WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY

WB
59
II

WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY

4

R1
3

GR WG

WB GR
61
II

(1)

GW
JB35-33 F19 15A JB35-34

GW

63
II

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

GR
JB129-7* JB3-11
* NOTE: JB129-7 early production vehicles.

GR
JB109-1 JB109-2

(2)
NOTATION: (1) Later production vehicles. (2) Early Production vehicles.

43
II

WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Non Rain Sensing Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 13.2
COMPONENTS Component
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

General Electronic Control Module Pin

PG I S S O SG I I B+ I B+ O CA86-5 IP5-4 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP5-21 IP6-1 IP6-4 IP6-5 JB172-1 JB172-2 JB172-5 JB172-23

Description and Characteristic

POWER GROUND: GROUND INTERMITTENT WIPE INTERVAL: 1 = 0.5 4 k; 2 = 4 14 k; 3 = 14 24 k; 4 = 24 34 k; 5 = 34 43 k; 6 = 43 57 k SCP SCP + WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND LOGIC GROUND: GROUND INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+ WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+ POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

Connector(s)
CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 JB65 CA6 RC15 JB109 JB63 IP16

Connector Description
23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / GREY 12-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / WHITE 5-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREY

Location
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX POWER WASH PUMP POWER WASH PUMP RELAY RAIN SENSING CONTROL MODULE RAIN SENSOR WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R5 BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R1 BASE OF WINDSHIELD LH SIDE STEERING COLUMN

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA10 CA35 CA241 JB3 JB129 JB130

Connector Description
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS

Location
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX RH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G5 G10 G14 G15 G36 G37

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing

Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing

Fig. 13.2

22 23

OY
JB172-1

O
JB172-5

20.2 SCP
SIDE LAMPS STATUS

Y
IP5-19

S S
IP5-18

20.2

POWER WASH PUMP RELAY

R5
WASH / WIPE CONTROL
4 5

NOTE: Headlamp Power Wash enabled when Side Lamps On.

27
O
JB172-23

U GU

OY

OY
JB65-1 JB65-2

B
JBS54

GU

GU

96
E

POWER WASH PUMP

G10AL

FLICK WIPE
IP16-4

WG
JB129-8

WG
JBS19

WG
JB130-19

WG
IP5-21

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

I

WB
JB172-2

WASHER

GR
IP16-2 IPS22

GR
IP6-5

62
II

GW
IP16-6

FAST WIPE INTERMITTENT WIPE

IP16-8

WB
JB3-3

WB
JBS40

GU
IP16-1 IPS23

GU
IP5-4

B
I
IP6-1

INTERMITTENT SELECT
IP16-10

W
IP6-4

P
CA86-5

B
61
II

GR
JB63-4

G4AL

G5AS (G5AR)

RUN

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

WIPER PARK

WB
JB63-3

PARK

WB
IP16-7 JB3-13

WB

WB
JB63-1

HIGH SPEED

B
IPS67 (LHD) IPS69 (RHD) G37BL (G36BL)

B
IP16-3

B
LOW SPEED
JB63-5

SLOW WIPE
IP16-9

WG
CA230-15

WG
JB63-2

G14AR

WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY

WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY

I
CA6-7

WG WG
CA6-1 CA10-10

U
RC15-1 CA35-1

U
CA6-8

O I
CA6-10

O
RC15-3

W
CA35-3

W G
CA35-2 CA6-9

I
CA6-4

GU
CA241-5

GU WB
CA10-21 JBS26

G
RC15-2

POWER

I
CA6-11

WB WB
CA6-2 CA10-9

WB
59
II

WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY

4

R1
3

WB GR
CA241-6

GR WG

WB GR
60
II

RAIN SENSOR

GROUND

I
CA6-5

GR WG** WR
CA6-3 CA10-1

WG
(1)

O
CA6-6

GW
JB35-33 F19 15A JB35-34

GW

63
II

P
CA6-12

RAIN SENSING CONTROL MODULE

G15AR G15AL**

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

GR
** NOTE: WG, G15AL early production vehicles.
JB129-7* JB3-11

GR
JB109-1 JB109-2

O
JBS48

(2)
NOTATION: (1) Later production vehicles. (2) Early Production vehicles.

43
II

* NOTE: JB129-7 early production vehicles.

WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP

O
CA10-3

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Rain Sensing Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 14.1
COMPONENTS Component
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY LH FRONT DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER (LHD) DOOR SWITCH PACK LH REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER (LHD) DOOR SWITCH PACK RH REAR GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

General Electronic Control Module Pin

I O I SG B+ CA86-16 CA87-17 IP5-3 IP6-1 JB172-1

Description and Characteristic

SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL EXTERNAL ANTENNA LOGIC GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

Connector(s)
FL3 FL9 FL1 BL1 FR10 BR1 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 FL2 BL2 FR2 BR2

Connector Description
8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 8-WAY / GREY 8-WAY / GREY 8-WAY / GREY 8-WAY / GREY

Location
LH FRONT DOOR DRIVER DOOR ARM REST LH REAR DOOR PASSENGER DOOR RH REAR DOOR BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY LH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY RH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY RH REAR

LH FRONT DOOR LH REAR DOOR RH FRONT DOOR RH REAR DOOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA15 CA16 CA20 CA25 CA30

Connector Description
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD

Location
DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST LH B/C POST RH B/C POST

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G5 G15

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Powered Windows: LHD

Powered Windows: LHD

Fig. 14.1

* NOTE: Remote Global Close ROW vehicles only.

EXTERNAL ANTENNA (JAPAN, S. KOREA)

22

OY
JB172-1

WG
I
REMOTE GLOBAL CLOSE*

W
CA416-1

W
CA417-1

14.3

SLIDING ROOF

BRD
CA416-2

BRD
CA417-2

B
IP5-3

REMOTE GLOBAL CLOSE* GLOBAL O CLOSE

WG
CA87-17

37 51
II

OY
FL2-7

RELAY

SET

B
FL3-5 CA16-5

G
CA86-16

B
CAS10 G15AL G15AR**

B
CA15-2

B
FLS1

B
FL3-6
KEY BARREL SWITCH

GLOBAL CLOSE

GW
FL2-2

CAS22 FL3-7

WG
CA15-10

WG
FL2-6

MOTOR CONTROL

POSITION SENSORS

U
FL2-4 FL2-8

B
FLS1

B
CA15-2

B
CAS10

LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

B
IP6-1 G5AS (G5AR)

G
FL2-3 G15AL G15AR**

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

LH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY

** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

52
II

GW
FL1-15

REAR WINDOWS ISOLATE CONTROL

REAR WINDOW ISOLATE

O
FL1-5

BW
CA15-7

BW
39

OY
FR2-7

RELAY

U
** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles. LH FRONT WINDOW

U
CA15-3 CA15-1

U G
CA15-15

46
II

GU
FR2-2

FL1-12

G
FL1-13 CA15-4

G W
CA15-5 CA20-5

WG
CA20-10

WG
FR2-6

MOTOR CONTROL

POSITION SENSORS

W
RH FRONT WINDOW

W
FRS3

W
FR2-4 FR2-8

B
FRS1

B
CA20-2

FL1-19

O
FL1-20 CA15-6

O
CA20-6

O
FRS2

O
FR2-3 G4AL

RW
LH REAR WINDOW

RW
CA15-13 CA25-1

R Y
CA25-2

FL1-9

YB
FL1-10 CA15-14

YB R
CA15-11 CA30-1

RH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY

R B
CAS10 G15AL G15AR**

R Y
CA30-2

B
CA15-2

B
FLS1

B
FL1-14

RH REAR WINDOW

FL1-1

Y
FL1-2 CA15-12

36 49
II

OY
BL2-7

RELAY

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

GW
BL2-2

WG
B
CA20-2

WG
CA25-6 BL2-6

B
FRS1

B
FR10-8 FR10-3

W O
BLS2

MOTOR CONTROL

POSITION SENSORS

R
BL2-4 BL2-8

B
BLS3

B
CA25-3

B
CAS10

B
G15AL G15AR**

G4AL

FR10-7 BLS1

Y
BL2-3

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK

LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY

R
BL1-3

** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

Y
BL1-7

BW
BL1-8
CA25-7

BW
CAS59

38 45
II

OY
BR2-7

RELAY

LH REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK

GU
BR2-2

WG
CA30-6

WG
BR2-6

MOTOR CONTROL

POSITION SENSORS

R
BR1-3 BRS2

R
BR2-4 BR2-8

B
BRS4

B
CA30-3

B
CAS8

Y
BR1-7 BRS1

Y
BR2-3 G4AR

BW
BR1-8
CA30-7

BW
RH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY NOTE: Vehicles with Manual Rear Windows Rear Window Switches, Motors and associated wiring deleted.

RH REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: LHD Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 14.2
COMPONENTS Component
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY LH FRONT DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER (LHD) DOOR SWITCH PACK LH REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER (LHD) DOOR SWITCH PACK RH REAR GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

General Electronic Control Module Pin

I O I SG B+ CA86-16 CA87-17 IP5-3 IP6-1 JB172-1

Description and Characteristic

SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL EXTERNAL ANTENNA LOGIC GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

Connector(s)
FL3 FL9 FL1 BL1 FR10 BR1 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 FL2 BL2 FR2 BR2

Connector Description
8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 8-WAY / GREY 8-WAY / GREY 8-WAY / GREY 8-WAY / GREY

Location
LH FRONT DOOR DRIVER DOOR ARM REST LH REAR DOOR PASSENGER DOOR RH REAR DOOR BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY LH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY RH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY RH REAR

LH FRONT DOOR LH REAR DOOR RH FRONT DOOR RH REAR DOOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA15 CA20 CA21 CA25 CA30

Connector Description
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD

Location
DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST LH B/C POST RH B/C POST

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G5 G15

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Powered Windows: RHD

Powered Windows: RHD

Fig. 14.2

EXTERNAL ANTENNA (JAPAN, S. KOREA)

22

OY
JB172-1

WG
I
REMOTE GLOBAL CLOSE

W
CA416-1

W
CA417-1

14.3

SLIDING ROOF

BRD
CA416-2

BRD
CA417-2

B
IP5-3

REMOTE GLOBAL CLOSE GLOBAL O CLOSE

WG
CA87-17

39 48
II

OY
FR2-7

RELAY

SET

B
FR3-5 CA21-5

G
CA86-16

B
CA20-2

B
FRS1

B
FR3-6
KEY BARREL SWITCH

GLOBAL CLOSE

GU
FR2-2

CAS22 FR3-7

WG
CA20-10

WG
FR2-6

MOTOR CONTROL

POSITION SENSORS

G4AL

U
FR2-4 FR2-8

B
FRS1

B
CA20-2

RH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

B
IP6-1 G5AS (G5AR)

G
FR2-3 G4AL

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

RH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY

** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

47
II

GU
FR1-15

REAR WINDOWS ISOLATE CONTROL

REAR WINDOW ISOLATE

O
FR1-5

BW
CA20-7

BW
37

OY
FL2-7

RELAY

W
RH FRONT WINDOW

W
CA20-5 CA20-1

U G
CA20-15

50
II

GW
FL2-2

FR1-19

O
FR1-20 CA20-6

O U
CA20-3 CA15-5

WG
CA15-10

WG
FL2-6

MOTOR CONTROL

POSITION SENSORS

U
LH FRONT WINDOW

W
FLS10

W
FL2-4 FL2-8

B
FLS1

B
CA15-2

B
CAS10

B
G15AL G15AR*

FR1-12

G
FR1-13 CA20-4

G
CA15-6

O
FLS11

O
FL2-3

RW
LH REAR WINDOW

RW
CA20-13 CA25-1

R Y
CA25-2

FR1-9

YB
FR1-10 CA20-14

YB R
CA20-11 CA30-1

LH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY

R B
CA20-2

R Y
CA30-2

B
FRS1

B
FR1-14

RH REAR WINDOW

FR1-1

Y
FR1-2 CA20-12

36 49
II

OY
BL2-7

RELAY

G4AL

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

GW
BL2-2

WG
B
CAS10

WG
CA25-6 BL2-6

B
CA15-2

B
FLS1

B
FL10-8 FL10-3

W O
BLS2

MOTOR CONTROL

POSITION SENSORS

R
BL2-4 BL2-8

B
BLS3

B
CA25-3

B
CAS10

G15AL G15AR*

FL10-7 BLS1

Y
BL2-3 G15AL G15AR*

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK

** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY

R
BL1-3

** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

Y
BL1-7

BW
BL1-8
CA25-7

BW
CAS59

38 45
II

OY
BR2-7

RELAY

LH REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK

GU
BR2-2

WG
CA30-6

WG
BR2-6

MOTOR CONTROL

POSITION SENSORS

R
BR1-3 BRS2

R
BR2-4 BR2-8

B
BRS4

B
CA30-3

B
CAS8

Y
BR1-7 BRS1

Y
BR2-3 G4AR

BW
BR1-8
CA30-7

BW
RH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY NOTE: Vehicles with Manual Rear Windows Rear Window Switches, Motors and associated wiring deleted.

RH REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: RHD Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 14.3
COMPONENTS Component
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

Control Module Pin

I O O I S S SG B+ CA86-16 CA87-17 CA87-20 IP5-3 IP5-18 IP5-19 IP6-1 JB172-1

Description and Characteristic

SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 8000 PULSES PER MPH EXTERNAL ANTENNA SCP SCP + LOGIC GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

Connector(s)
CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 FL3 FL9 FR3 FR9 RC22 RC30 RC31 RC33 RC34 RC14

Connector Description
23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREY

Location
BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY RH FRONT ROOF CONSOLE

LH FRONT DOOR RH FRONT DOOR ROOF, CENTER FRONT

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE

ROOF CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA15 CA16 CA20 CA21 CA36

Connector Description
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS

Location
DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G5 G15

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Sliding Roof

Sliding Roof

Fig. 14.3

WINDOW CLOSE

14.2

14.1

WG WG WG WG
59 53
OY
JB172-1
II

* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.

O
RC14-1

WU
RC14-7

OPEN / DOWN

O
RC14-9

WU
RC22-5 RC34-2*

22

GLOBAL CLOSE

O 20.2 SCP
VEHICLE SPEED

WG
CA87-17 CAS22

WG
CA36-6

WG
RC14-2

Y
IP5-19

TILT / CLOSE

O
RC14-8

Y
RC22-4 RC34-5*

S S
IP5-18

20.2

B
VEHICLE O SPEED

U
CA87-20 CA36-2

U
RC14-6

RC22-1 RC34-6*

SLIDING ROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY

** NOTE: Remote Global Close ROW vehicles only.

B
RC14-10 RCS1

B
CA36-13

B
CAS10 G15AL G15AR***

B
IP5-3

REMOTE GLOBAL CLOSE **

ROOF CONSOLE

SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE

SET / LOCK (LHD)

B
FL3-5 CA16-5

G
CA86-16

*** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

B
CAS10

B
CA15-2

B
FLS1

B
FL3-6

GLOBAL CLOSE (LHD)

G15AL G15AR***

KEY BARREL SWITCH

FL3-7

REMOTE GLOBAL CLOSE **

W
CA416-1

W
CA417-1

LH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

*** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

BRD
CA416-2

BRD
CA417-2

EXTERNAL ANTENNA (JAPAN, S. KOREA)

SET / LOCK (RHD)

B
FR3-5 CA21-5

G
CA86-16

B
CA20-2

B
FRS1

B
FR3-6

GLOBAL CLOSE (RHD)

G4AL

KEY BARREL SWITCH

FR3-7

RH FRONT DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY

B
IP6-1 G5AS (G5AR)

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Sliding Roof Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 15.1
COMPONENTS Component
ANTENNA MODULE AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES

Audio Unit Pin

D2 D2 PG B+ O O O O I O S S B+ O O O O I I O ID1-1 ID1-2 IP65-1 IP65-2 IP65-3 IP65-4 IP65-5 IP65-6 IP65-7 IP65-8 IP65-9 IP65-10 IP65-11 IP65-13 IP65-14 IP65-15 IP65-16 IP65-17 IP65-18 IP65-19

Description and Characteristic

D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT D2B NETWORK RECEIVE POWER GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ LH REAR AUDIO + LH REAR AUDIO RH REAR AUDIO + RH REAR AUDIO TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED SCP + SCP BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ LH FRONT AUDIO LH FRONT AUDIO + RH FRONT AUDIO RH FRONT AUDIO + DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP

Connector(s)
CA117 SW4 ID1 IP65 IP106 CA301 CD2 ZA1 ZA10 FL6 BL4 FR5 BR4

Connector Description
6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / WHITE 2-WAY / WHITE 2-WAY / WHITE 2-WAY / WHITE

Location
BEHIND LH E POST TRIM STEERING WHEEL INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

AUDIO UNIT

CD AUTOCHANGER HEATED REAR WINDOW SPEAKER LH FRONT SPEAKER LH REAR SPEAKER RH FRONT SPEAKER RH REAR

TRUNK LH REAR REAR WINDOW LH FRONT DOOR CASING LH REAR DOOR CASING RH FRONT DOOR CASING RH REAR DOOR CASING

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA16 CA21 CA25 CA30

Connector Description
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD 2-WAY / COAXIAL / AUDIO SYSTEM ANTENNA 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS

Location
DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST LH B/C POST RH B/C POST LH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET LH LOWER A POST

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

CA189 CA230 JB1 JB129

GROUNDS Ground
G1 G14 G37

Location
TRUNK / LH REAR ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

In-Car Entertainment: Standard

In-Car Entertainment: Standard

Fig. 15.1

58 5
I

NW
IP65-11

COAXIAL CABLE

I
B IP106-J1 CA189-1 CA117-1

B CA115-2

YG

6
I

YG
IP65-2

IP106-J2

CA189-2

CA117-2

20.2 20.2

Y
IP65-9

S S
IP65-10

COAXIAL CABLES
CA183-1

AM

FM

P
CA183-2

RADIO ILLUMINATION

09.2

O
IP65-17

ANTENNA MODULE

HEATED REAR WINDOW

SECURITY SYSTEM: RADIO REMOVED SENSING

12.3

R
IP65-8

TELEPHONE: MUTE

16.4

16.3

16.2

16.1

Y
IP65-7

LH FRONT SPEAKER
O

LH REAR SPEAKER

D2B NETWORK: WAKE-UP

20.3

O
IP65-19

UY
SW3-2 SW4-2 IP34-7

UY
IP65-18

FL6 -2

FL6 -1

BL4 -2

BL4 -1

CASSETTE

B
+

B
SWS1 SW4-3 IP34-6

YG
CASSETTE

O
IP65-14

W
CA230-5

W
CA16-1

W Y
CA16-2

SW3-3

PHONE; VOICE

VOLUME

SEEK

MODE

AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES STEERING WHEEL

O
IP65-13

Y
CA230-6

O
ECM: GROUND

WU
IP65-3 CA230-7

WU
CA25-12

WU YU
CA25-13

03.2

YG
JB1-24

YG

(2.5, 3.0 L)
JB129-14

O
IP65-4

YU
CA230-8

YU

B
JBS55 G14AL

(2.0 L)

O
IP65-5

WG
CA230-9

WG
CA30-12

WG YR
CA30-13

O
IP65-6

YR
CA230-10

YR

O D2B O
IP65-15 IP65-16

WR
CA230-11

WR
CA21-1

WR YR
CA21-2

YR
CA230-12

YR

NOTE: 55 Navigation vehicles. 57 Non Navigation vehicles.

57

55

OY
CA301-2

D
2

BOF
CD2-1

20.3 20.3

20.3 20.3

BOF
ID1-1

FR5 -1

FR5 -2

BR4 -1

BR4 -2

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD2-2

BOF
ID1-2

D
2

D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP

20.3

O
CA301-3

P P
CA301-1 G1AL

RH FRONT SPEAKER

RH REAR SPEAKER

P
IP65-1

B
G37AR

CD AUTOCHANGER

AUDIO UNIT

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 15.2
COMPONENTS Component
ANTENNA MODULE AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES

Audio Unit Pin

D2 D2 PG B+ O O O O I O S S B+ O O O O O I I O ID1-1 ID1-2 IP65-1 IP65-2 IP65-3 IP65-4 IP65-5 IP65-6 IP65-7 IP65-8 IP65-9 IP65-10 IP65-11 IP65-12 IP65-13 IP65-14 IP65-15 IP65-16 IP65-17 IP65-18 IP65-19

Description and Characteristic

D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT D2B NETWORK RECEIVE POWER GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ LH REAR AUDIO + LH REAR AUDIO RH REAR AUDIO + RH REAR AUDIO TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED SCP + SCP BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ AMPLIFIER ENABLE LH FRONT AUDIO LH FRONT AUDIO + RH FRONT AUDIO RH FRONT AUDIO + DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP

Connector(s)
CA117 SW4 ID1 IP65 IP106 CA301 CD2 ZA1 ZA10 FL6 BL4 FR5 BR4 CA124 FL8 BL5 FR8 BR8

Connector Description
6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / WHITE 2-WAY / WHITE 2-WAY / WHITE 2-WAY / WHITE 14-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / WHITE 2-WAY / WHITE 2-WAY / WHITE 2-WAY / WHITE

Location
BEHIND LH E POST TRIM STEERING WHEEL INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

AUDIO UNIT

CD AUTOCHANGER HEATED REAR WINDOW MID BASS SPEAKER LH FRONT MID BASS SPEAKER LH REAR MID BASS SPEAKER RH FRONT MID BASS SPEAKER RH REAR SUB WOOFER TWEETER LH FRONT TWEETER LH REAR TWEETER RH FRONT TWEETER RH REAR

TRUNK LH REAR REAR WINDOW LH FRONT DOOR CASING LH REAR DOOR CASING RH FRONT DOOR CASING RH REAR DOOR CASING PARCEL SHELF LH FRONT DOOR CASING LH REAR DOOR CASING RH FRONT DOOR CASING RH REAR DOOR CASING

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA16 CA21 CA25 CA30 CA189 CA230 JB1 JB129

Connector Description
20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD 2-WAY / COAXIAL / AUDIO SYSTEM ANTENNA 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS

Location
DRIVER SIDE A POST DRIVER SIDE A POST LH B/C POST RH B/C POST LH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET LH LOWER A POST

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

GROUNDS Ground
G1 G2 G14 G37

Location
TRUNK / LH REAR TRUNK / LH REAR ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

In-Car Entertainment: Premium

In-Car Entertainment: Premium

Fig. 15.2

58 5
I

NW
IP65-11

COAXIAL CABLE

I
B IP106-J1 CA189-1 CA117-1

B CA115-2

YG

6
I

YG
IP65-2

IP106-J2

CA189-2

CA117-2

20.2 20.2

Y
IP65-9

S S
IP65-10

COAXIAL CABLES
CA183-1

AM

FM

P
CA183-2

RADIO ILLUMINATION

09.2

O
IP65-17

ANTENNA MODULE

HEATED REAR WINDOW

LH FRONT MID BASS SPEAKER

LH FRONT TWEETER

LH REAR MID BASS SPEAKER

LH REAR TWEETER

SECURITY SYSTEM: RADIO REMOVED SENSING

12.3

R
IP65-8

TELEPHONE: MUTE

16.4

16.3

16.2

16.1

Y
IP65-7

I
FL6 -2 FL6 -1 FL8 -2 FL8 -1 BL4 -2 BL4 -1 BL5 -2 BL5 -1

D2B NETWORK: NETWORK WAKE-UP

20.3

O
IP65-19

W
O
IP65-14

Y W

WU

YU

W
CA230-5

W
CAS75

W
CA16-1

W
FLS8

UY
SW3-2 SW4-2 IP34-7

UY
IP65-18

O
IP65-13

Y
CA230-6

Y
CAS76

Y
CA16-2

Y
FLS9

CASSETTE

WU
IP65-3 CA230-7

WU
CAS51

WU
CA25-12

WU
BLS5

WU YU
BLS6

B
+

B
SWS1 SW4-3 IP34-6

YG
CASSETTE

SW3-3

PHONE; VOICE

VOLUME

SEEK

MODE

O
IP65-4

YU
CA230-8

YU
CAS52

YU
CA25-13

YU

AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES STEERING WHEEL

O

WG
IP65-5 CA230-9

WG
CAS55

WG
CA30-12

WG
BRS5

WG YR
BRS6

ECM: GROUND

03.2

YG
JB1-24

YG

(2.5, 3.0 L)
JB129-14

O
IP65-6

YR
CA230-10

YR
CAS56

YR
CA30-13

YR

WR
IP65-16 CA230-11

WR
CAS77

WR
CA21-1

WR
FRS5

WR YR
FRS6

B
JBS55 G14AL

(2.0 L)
O

YR
IP65-15 CA230-12

YR
CAS78

YR
CA21-2

YR YR WR
FR5 -1 FR5 -2

YR WG
FR8 -1 FR8 -2 BR4 -1 BR4 -2 BR8 -1 BR8 -2

D2B

NOTE:

57

55

OY
CA301-2

D
2

BOF
CD2-1

20.3 20.3

20.3 20.3

BOF
ID1-1

D
2

55 Navigation vehicles. 57 Non Navigation vehicles.

D
2

BOF
CD2-2

BOF
ID1-2

D
2

RH FRONT MID BASS SPEAKER

RH FRONT TWEETER

RH REAR MID BASS SPEAKER

RH REAR TWEETER

YR
D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP

20.3

O
CA301-3

- ve
CA124-9 B CA124-7

NR

WR
CA124-10

60

+ ve

YR
P
CA301-1
G1AL

- ve
CA124-5

WG
CA124-8

+ ve

YU
CD AUTOCHANGER
CA124-14

- ve

WU
CA124-11

+ ve

Y
CA124-12

- ve + ve
CA124-13

W B
IP65-1 G37AR

O
IP65-12

W
CA230-2

W
CA124-2

P
CA124-1

B
G2AS

AUDIO UNIT

SUB WOOFER

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 16.1
COMPONENTS Component
AUDIO UNIT

Cellular Phone Control Module Pin

O O O PG SG B+ B+ B+ I O I I D D I I I I I I O D2 D2 PH1-1 PH1-3 PH1-4 PH1-7 PH1-8 PH1-9 PH1-11 PH1-12 PH1-13 PH1-14 PH1-15 PH1-16 PH1-17 PH1-18 PH1-20 PH1-22 PH1-23 PH1-24 PH1-25 PH1-26 PH1-29 PH1-30 PH1-31 PH1-32 CD3-1 CD3-2

Description and Characteristic

PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO) MUTE COMMAND COMPUTER COMPUTER POWER GROUND: GROUND MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR MICROPHONE + MICROPHONE TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP COMPUTER POWER GROUND: GROUND TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR D2B NETWORK RECEIVE D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

Connector(s)
ID1 IP65 IP106 CD3 PH1 PH3 PH5 PP1 PH5 CD5 NA1 NA2 NA6 NA7 RC22 RC30 RC31 RC33 RC34 IP70 PH13

Connector Description
2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / BLACK 32-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY NATURAL 12-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 20-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL

Location
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

TRUNK LH REAR

HANDSET RECEIVER (ROW) JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

CENTER CONSOLE BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL TRUNK LH REAR

ROOF CONSOLE

ROOF, CENTER FRONT

TELEMATICS DISPLAY TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (ROW) TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (ROW)

CENTER CONSOLE REAR BUMPER PARCEL SHELF

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA35 CA36 CA241 CA406 CA407 CA414 PH11

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 10-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR TELEPHONE LINK LEAD

Location
LH LOWER A POST RH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS Ground
G15 G39

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST TRUNK / LH REAR

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Telephone System: ROW

Telephone System: ROW

Fig. 16.1

51 52 11
I

NR
PH1-12

NR
PH1-13

YG
PH1-14

28
II

Y
PH1-29

20.4 20.4

20.3 20.3

BOF
CD3-1

D
2

BOF
CD3-2

D
2

D2B NETWORK: WAKE-UP

20.3

O
PH1-23

TELEPHONE ANTENNA (BUMPER)

I

I
NA7-13

Y
CA414-8

Y
TELEPHONE

PH3-1 PH3-2

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

I
PH3-1

COAXIAL CABLE

PH13-1 PH13-2

I
IP65-7

Y
CA241-8

Y
CAS49

Y
CA407-7

Y
PH1-4

PH3-2

O MUTE O

RU
PH1-1 PH11-4

RU
PP1-4

AUDIO UNIT

NOTE: CAS49 Navigation only.

TELEPHONE ANTENNA (WITH JaguarNet)

BG
PH1-26 PH11-7

BG
PP1-7

I
IP70-10

Y
CA1-19

O
PH1-3

YU
PH11-8

YU
PP1-8

TELEPHONE

YB
PH1-20 PH11-5

YB
PP1-5

TELEMATICS DISPLAY
D

YU
PH1-22 PH11-6

YU
PP1-6

G
RC22-12 RC31-2* RCS6*

G
CA35-5

G
CA406-2

G
PH1-18

BRD

W
CA35-6

BRD

W
CA406-3

BRD

W
PH1-11 PH1-8

YG
PH11-2

YG
PP1-2

Y
MICROPHONE

Y
RCS7* CA35-4

Y
CA406-1

Y
PH1-17

I
PH1-24

YR
PH11-3

YP
PP1-3

COMPUTER

RC22-11 RC31-1*

YB
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.

YS
PH11-9 PP1-9

ROOF CONSOLE

PH1-7

HANDSET RECEIVER
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM: AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

17.1

NR
CA241-13

NR
CA407-1

NR
PH1-30

I
PH5-1
JaguarNet **

COAXIAL CABLE

PH6-1 PH6-2

PH5-2

JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA

I
PH1-31

YB
CA407-2

YB
CA35-10

YB
RC22-17
INFORMATION

INFORMATION O

O
PH1-32 CA407-3

O
CA35-7

O
RC22-18

ASSIST O

OG
PH1-16 CA407-4

OG
CA35-9

OG
RC22-16

I
PH1-15

YU
CA407-5

YU
CA35-8

YU
RC22-15
ASSIST

B
RC22-1 RCS1

B
CA36-13

B
CAS10

B
G15AL G15AR***

P
PH1-9

B B
PH1-25 PHS3

ROOF CONSOLE ** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry JaguarNet vehicles only.
*** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

B
G39AS

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 16.2
COMPONENTS Component
AUDIO UNIT

Cellular Phone Control Module Pin

O O O O I I PG SG SG B+ B+ B+ I O I I D D D I I I I I I O D2 D2 PH1-1 PH1-2 PH1-3 PH1-4 PH1-5 PH1-6 PH1-9 PH1-10 PH1-11 PH1-12 PH1-13 PH1-14 PH1-15 PH1-16 PH1-17 PH1-18 PH1-20 PH1-21 PH1-22 PH1-23 PH1-25 PH1-26 PH1-29 PH1-30 PH1-31 PH1-32 CD3-1 CD3-2

Description and Characteristic

PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO) MUTE COMMAND MANUAL TEST DATA PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE POWER GROUND: GROUND ANALOG GROUND: GROUND MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR MICROPHONE + MICROPHONE TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP POWER GROUND: GROUND TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR D2B NETWORK RECEIVE D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

Connector(s)
ID1 IP65 IP106 CD3 PH1 PH3 PH5 PH9 PH10 PH5 CD5 NA1 NA2 NA6 NA7 RC22 RC30 RC31 RC33 RC34 IP70 PH4 PH12

Connector Description
2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / BLACK 32-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / COAXIAL 10-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY NATURAL 12-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 20-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY 2-WAY / COAXIAL

Location
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

TRUNK LH REAR

HANDSET RECEIVER (NAS) JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

LH A POST LH A POST BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL TRUNK LH REAR

ROOF CONSOLE

ROOF, CENTER FRONT

TELEMATICS DISPLAY TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (NAS) TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (NAS)

CENTER CONSOLE REAR BUMPER PARCEL SHELF

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA35 CA36 CA241 CA406 CA407 CA414

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST RH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

GROUNDS Ground
G15 G39

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST TRUNK / LH REAR

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Telephone System: NAS

Telephone System: NAS

Fig. 16.2

51 52 11
I

NR
PH1-12

NR
PH1-13

YG
PH1-14

28
II

Y
PH1-29

20.4 20.4

20.3 20.3

BOF
CD3-1

D
2

BOF
CD3-2

D
2

D2B NETWORK: WAKE-UP

20.3

O
PH1-23

I
NA7-13

Y
CA414-8

Y
TELEPHONE

RU
PH1-1 PH10-3

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

BG
PH1-26 PH10-2
COAXIAL CABLE

I
IP65-7

Y
CA241-8

Y
CAS49

Y
CA407-7

Y
PH1-4

MUTE

O
PH1-2

WG
PH10-8

PH9-1 PH9-2

PH4-1 PH4-2

YU
PH1-3 PH10-9

AUDIO UNIT

NOTE: CAS49 Navigation only.

I
PH1-6

Y
PH10-1

TELEPHONE ANTENNA (BUMPER)

I
IP70-10

Y
CA1-19

I
PH1-5

Y
PH10-10

BO
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
D
PH1-21 PH1-10 PH10-7
COAXIAL CABLE

YG
PH10-4

PH9-1 PH9-2

PH12-1 PH12-2

G
RC22-12 RC31-2* RCS6*

G
CA35-5

G
CA406-2

G
PH1-18

D
PH1-20

YB
PH10-5

BRD

W
CA35-6

BRD

W
CA406-3

BRD

W
PH1-11

D
PH1-22

YU
PH10-6

TELEPHONE ANTENNA (WITH JaguarNet)

Y
MICROPHONE

Y
RCS7* CA35-4
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.

Y
CA406-1

Y
PH1-17

RC22-11 RC31-1*

HANDSET RECEIVER

ROOF CONSOLE

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM: AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

17.1

NR
CA241-13

NR
CA407-1

NR
PH1-30

I
PH5-1 PH5-2
JaguarNet **

COAXIAL CABLE

PH6-1 PH6-2

JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA

I
PH1-31

YB
CA407-2

YB
CA35-10

YB
RC22-17
INFORMATION

INFORMATION

O
PH1-32

O
CA407-3

O
CA35-7

O
RC22-18

O ASSIST
PH1-16

OG
CA407-4

OG
CA35-9

OG
RC22-16

I
PH1-15

YU
CA407-5

YU
CA35-8

YU
RC22-15
ASSIST

B
RC22-1 RCS1

B
CA36-13

B
CAS10

B
G15AL G15AR***

P
PH1-9

B B
PH1-25 PHS3

ROOF CONSOLE ** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry JaguarNet vehicles only.
*** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

B
G39AS

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: NAS Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 16.3
COMPONENTS Component
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES AUDIO UNIT

Cellular Phone Control Module Pin

O O O PG SG B+ B+ B+ I O I I D D I I I I I I O D2 D2 PH1-1 PH1-3 PH1-4 PH1-7 PH1-8 PH1-9 PH1-11 PH1-12 PH1-13 PH1-14 PH1-15 PH1-16 PH1-17 PH1-18 PH1-20 PH1-22 PH1-23 PH1-24 PH1-25 PH1-26 PH1-29 PH1-30 PH1-31 PH1-32 CD3-1 CD3-2

Description and Characteristic

PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO) MUTE COMMAND COMPUTER COMPUTER POWER GROUND: GROUND MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR MICROPHONE + MICROPHONE TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP COMPUTER POWER GROUND: GROUND TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR D2B NETWORK RECEIVE D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

Connector(s)
SW4 ID1 IP65 IP106 CD3 PH1 PH3 PH5 PP1 PH5 CD5 NA1 NA2 NA6 NA7 RC22 RC30 RC31 RC33 RC34 IP70 IP136 IP137 IP138 IP139 PH13 PH2

Connector Description
6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / BLACK 32-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY NATURAL 12-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 20-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY / COAXIAL 22-WAY / GREY

Location
STEERING WHEEL INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

TRUNK LH REAR

HANDSET RECEIVER (ROW) JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

CENTER CONSOLE BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL TRUNK LH REAR

ROOF CONSOLE

ROOF, CENTER FRONT

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

CENTER CONSOLE

TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (ROW) TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (ROW) VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE

REAR BUMPER PARCEL SHELF TRUNK LH REAR

Voice Activation Control Module Pin

I SG B+ B+ PG I O B+ D2 D2 PH2-1 PH2-2 PH2-6 PH2-8 PH2-11 PH2-12 PH2-14 PH2-22 CD4-1 CD2-2

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA35 CA36 CA241 CA406 CA407 CA414 JB1 JB129

Description and Characteristic

MICROPHONE + MICROPHONE SHIELD IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS) IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I) POWER GROUND MICROPHONE D2B NETWORK WAKE UP BATTERY POWER SUPPLY D2B NETWORK RECEIVE D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS 10-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR TELEPHONE LINK LEAD

Location
LH LOWER A POST RH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET LH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST

PH11

GROUNDS Ground
G14 G15 G39

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST TRUNK / LH REAR

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Telephone System with Voice: ROW

Telephone System with Voice: ROW

Fig. 16.3

ECM: GROUND

03.2

YG
JB1-24

YG

(2.5, 3.0 L)

(2.0 L)

B
JBS55

B
G14AL

51 52 11
I

NR
PH1-12

Y
CA414-8

Y
NA7-13

NR
PH1-13

B
SW3-3 SWS1

B
SW4-3 IP34-6

YG
JB129-14

YG
PH1-14

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

B

NOTE: CAS49 Navigation only.

CASSETTE

28
II

Y
PH1-29

B CA407-7

Y
CAS49

Y
CA241-8

Y
IP65-7

UY
PHONE; VOICE
SW3-2 SW4-2 IP34-7

UY
CASSETTE D2B NETWORK: WAKE-UP

20.3

O
PH1-23

AUDIO UNIT

AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES STEERING WHEEL

20.4 20.4 I
IP65-18

20.3 20.3

BOF
CD3-1

D
2

Y
CA1-19

Y
IP70-10

BOF
CD3-2

D
2

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

D
2

BOF
ID1-1

20.3 20.3

20.4 20.4

MUTE

O
PH1-4

Y
TELEPHONE ANTENNA (BUMPER)
PH3-1 PH3-2

D
2

BOF
ID1-2

COAXIAL CABLE
PH3-1 PH13-1 PH13-2

AUDIO UNIT

50 10
I

NR
PH2-22

PH3-2

YG
PH2-8

TELEPHONE
B

O
B PH1-1

RU
PH11-4

RU
PP1-4

TELEPHONE ANTENNA (WITH JaguarNet)

25
II

WR
PH2-6

BG
PH1-26 PH11-7

BG
PP1-7

20.4 D2B 20.4

20.3 20.3

BOF
CD4-1

D
2

O
PH1-3

YU
PH11-8

YU
PP1-8

TELEPHONE

BOF
CD4-2

D
2

D
PH1-20

YB
PH11-5

YB
PP1-5

D
D2B NETWORK: WAKE-UP

YU
PH1-22 PH11-6

YU
PP1-6

20.3

O
PH2-14

YG
PH1-8 PH11-2

YG
PP1-2

G
RC22-12 RC31-2* RCS6*

G
CA35-5

G
CA406-2

G
PH2-12 PH2-13

G
PH1-18

I
PH1-24

YR
PH11-3

YP
PP1-3

COMPUTER

BRD

W
CA35-6

BRD

W
CA406-3

BRD

W
PH2-2

BRD

W
PH1-11 PH1-7

YB
PH11-9

YS
PP1-9

Y
MICROPHONE
RC22-11 RC31-1* RCS7*

Y
CA35-4

Y
CA406-1

Y
PH2-1 PH2-3

Y
PH1-17

* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.

HANDSET RECEIVER
I
PH5-1

ROOF CONSOLE

B
PH2-11

COAXIAL CABLE
PH6-1 PH6-2

JaguarNet **

VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE

PH5-2

JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM: AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

17.1

NR
CA241-13

NR
CA407-1

NR
PH1-30

I
PH1-31

YB
CA407-2

YB
CA35-10

YB
RC22-17

INFORMATION

INFORMATION O
PH1-32

O
CA407-3

O
CA35-7

O
RC22-18

ASSIST O
PH1-16

OG
CA407-4

OG
CA35-9

OG
RC22-16

*** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

I
PH1-15

YU
CA407-5

YU
CA35-8

YU
RC22-15

B
ASSIST
RC22-1 RCS1

B
CA36-13

B
CAS10

B
G15AL G15AR***

B B
PHS3 PH1-9

ROOF CONSOLE
P P
PH1-25

** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry JaguarNet vehicles only.

B
G39AS

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Japan Vehicles with Voice Activation Control, refer to Fig. 16.7.

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 16.4
COMPONENTS Component
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES AUDIO UNIT

Cellular Phone Control Module Pin

O O O O I I PG SG SG B+ B+ B+ I O I I D D D I I I I I I O D2 D2 PH1-1 PH1-2 PH1-3 PH1-4 PH1-5 PH1-6 PH1-9 PH1-10 PH1-11 PH1-12 PH1-13 PH1-14 PH1-15 PH1-16 PH1-17 PH1-18 PH1-20 PH1-21 PH1-22 PH1-23 PH1-25 PH1-26 PH1-29 PH1-30 PH1-31 PH1-32 CD3-1 CD3-2

Description and Characteristic

PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO) MUTE COMMAND MANUAL TEST DATA PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE POWER GROUND: GROUND ANALOG GROUND: GROUND MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR MICROPHONE + MICROPHONE TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP POWER GROUND: GROUND TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR D2B NETWORK RECEIVE D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

Connector(s)
SW4 ID1 IP65 IP106 CD3 PH1 PH3 PH5 PH9 PH10 PH5 CD5 NA1 NA2 NA6 NA7 RC22 RC30 RC31 RC33 RC34 IP70 IP136 IP137 IP138 IP139 PH4 PH12 PH2

Connector Description
6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / BLACK 32-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / COAXIAL 10-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY NATURAL 12-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 20-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY / COAXIAL 22-WAY / GREY

Location
STEERING WHEEL INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

TRUNK LH REAR

HANDSET RECEIVER (NAS) JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

LH A POST LH A POST BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL TRUNK LH REAR

ROOF CONSOLE

ROOF, CENTER FRONT

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

CENTER CONSOLE

TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (NAS) TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (NAS) VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE

REAR BUMPER PARCEL SHELF TRUNK LH REAR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA1 CA35 CA36 CA241 CA406 CA407 CA414

Voice Activation Control Module Pin

I SG B+ B+ PG I O B+ D2 D2 PH2-1 PH2-2 PH2-6 PH2-8 PH2-11 PH2-12 PH2-14 PH2-22 CD4-1 CD2-2

Connector Description
22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST RH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

Description and Characteristic

MICROPHONE + MICROPHONE SHIELD IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS) IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I) POWER GROUND MICROPHONE D2B NETWORK WAKE UP BATTERY POWER SUPPLY D2B NETWORK RECEIVE D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

GROUNDS Ground
G15 G39

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST TRUNK / LH REAR

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Telephone System with Voice: NAS

Telephone System with Voice: NAS

Fig. 16.4

ECM: GROUND

03.2

YG
JB1-24

YG
JB129-14

B
SW3-3 SWS1

B
SW4-3 IP34-6

YG
CASSETTE

51 52

NR
PH1-12

Y
CA414-8

Y
NA7-13

NR
PH1-13

UY
PHONE; VOICE
SW3-2 SW4-2 IP34-7

UY
CASSETTE

11
I

YG
PH1-14

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

B

NOTE: CAS49 Navigation only.

AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES STEERING WHEEL

D2B NETWORK: WAKE-UP

28
II

Y
PH1-29

B CA407-7

Y
CAS49

Y
CA241-8

Y
IP65-7

20.3

O
PH1-23

AUDIO UNIT

I
IP65-18

20.4 20.3 20.3 20.4 20.4 20.4

20.3 20.3

BOF
CD3-1

D
2

Y
CA1-19

Y
IP70-10

D
2

BOF
ID1-1

BOF
CD3-2

D
2

D
2

BOF
ID1-2

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

MUTE

O
PH1-4

AUDIO UNIT

TELEPHONE

50 10
I

NR
PH2-22

O
PH1-1

RU
PH10-3

YG
PH2-8

B PH1-26 B PH2-6

BG
PH10-2

COAXIAL CABLE
PH9-1 PH4-1 PH4-2

25
II

WR

O
PH1-2

WG
PH10-8

O 20.4 D2B 20.4 20.3 20.3

YU
PH1-3 PH10-9

PH9-2

BOF
CD4-1

D
2

I
D
2

Y
PH1-6 PH10-1

BOF
CD4-2

TELEPHONE ANTENNA (BUMPER)

I
PH1-5

Y
PH10-10

D2B NETWORK: WAKE-UP

20.3

O
PH2-14

O
PH1-10

BO
PH10-7

COAXIAL CABLE
PH9-1 PH12-1 PH12-2

D
PH1-21

YG
PH10-4

YB
PH1-20 PH10-5

PH9-2

G
RC22-12 RC31-2* RCS6*

G
CA35-5

G
CA406-2

G
PH2-12 PH2-13

G
PH1-18

I D

YU
PH1-22 PH10-6

BRD

W
CA35-6

BRD

W
CA406-3

BRD

W
PH2-2

BRD

W
PH1-11

TELEPHONE ANTENNA (WITH JaguarNet)

Y
MICROPHONE
RC22-11 RC31-1* RCS7*

Y
CA35-4

Y
CA406-1

Y
PH2-1 PH2-3

Y
PH1-17

HANDSET RECEIVER

* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.

ROOF CONSOLE

B
PH2-11

P
I
PH5-1

COAXIAL CABLE
PH6-1 PH6-2

VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE

JaguarNet **
PH5-2

JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM: AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

17.1

NR
CA241-13

NR
CA407-1

NR
PH1-30

I
PH1-31

YB
CA407-2

YB
CA35-10

YB
RC22-17

INFORMATION

INFORMATION ASSIST

O
PH1-32

O
CA407-3

O
CA35-7

O
RC22-18

O
PH1-16

OG
CA407-4

OG
CA35-9

OG
RC22-16

*** NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

I
PH1-15

YU
CA407-5

YU
CA35-8

YU
RC22-15

B
ASSIST
RC22-1 RCS1

B
CA36-13

B
CAS10

B
G15AL G15AR***

B B
PHS3 PH1-9

ROOF CONSOLE
P P
PH1-25

** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry JaguarNet vehicles only.

B
G39AS

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: NAS Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 16.5
COMPONENTS Component
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES AUDIO UNIT

Voice Activation Control Module Pin

I SG B+ B+ PG I O B+ D2 D2 PH2-1 PH2-2 PH2-6 PH2-8 PH2-11 PH2-12 PH2-14 PH2-22 CD4-1 CD2-2

Description and Characteristic

MICROPHONE + MICROPHONE SHIELD IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS) IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I) POWER GROUND MICROPHONE D2B NETWORK WAKE UP BATTERY POWER SUPPLY D2B NETWORK RECEIVE D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

Connector(s)
SW4 ID1 IP65 IP106 RC22 RC30 RC31 RC33 RC34 PH2

Connector Description
6-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 22-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / GREY

Location
STEERING WHEEL INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

ROOF CONSOLE

ROOF, CENTER FRONT

VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE

TRUNK LH REAR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA35 CA406 JB1 JB129

Connector Description
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS

Location
RH LOWER A POST BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS Ground
G1 G14

Location
TRUNK / LH REAR ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Voice Control System

Voice Control System

Fig. 16.5

ECM: GROUND

03.2

YG
JB1-24

YG

(2.5, 3.0 L)

B
SW3-3 SWS1

B
SW4-3 CASSETTE IP34-6

YG
JB129-14

(2.0 L)

B
JBS55

B
G14AL

UY
PHONE; VOICE SW3-2 SW4-2 CASSETTE IP34-7

UY

AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES STEERING WHEEL

I
IP65-18

D
2

BOF
ID1-1

20.3 20.3

20.4 20.4

D
2

BOF
ID1-2

50
AUDIO UNIT

NR
PH2-22

10
I

YG
PH2-8

25
II

WR
PH2-6

20.4 D2B 20.4

20.3 20.3

BOF
CD4-1

D
2

BOF
CD4-2

D
2

D2B NETWORK: WAKE-UP

20.3

O
PH2-14

G
RC22-12 RC31-2* RCS6*

G
CA35-5

G
CA406-2

G
PH2-12

BRD

W
CA35-6

BRD

W
CA406-3

BRD

W
PH2-2

Y
MICROPHONE RC22-11 RC31-1* RCS7*

Y
CA35-4 * NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.

Y
CA406-1

Y
PH2-1

ROOF CONSOLE

B
PH2-11

G1BR

VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Japan Vehicles with Voice Activation Control, refer to Fig. 16.7.

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Voice Only Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 16.6
COMPONENTS Component
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

Connector(s)
CD5 NA1 NA2 NA6 NA7 NA12 IP70 IP136 IP137 IP138 IP139 NA15

Connector Description
2-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY NATURAL 12-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 22-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 5-WAY / GREEN

Location
TRUNK LH REAR

NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA TELEMATICS DISPLAY

BELOW PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE CENTER CONSOLE

TRAFFIC MASTER CONTROL MODULE

TRUNK LH REAR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

NA24

Connector Description
16-WAY / GREEN / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS

Location
BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE

GROUNDS Ground
G37 G40

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM TRUNK / LH REAR

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Navigation System (except Japan)

Navigation System (except Japan)

Fig. 16.6

NOTE: 54 Vehicles with Navigation and CD Autochanger. 56 Vehicles with Navigation only.

54

56 8
I

OY
NA7-1

YG
NA7-11

B NA6-1 NA6-2

COAXIAL CABLE
NA12-1 NA12-2

20.4 20.4

20.3 20.3

BOF
CD5-1

D
2

BOF
CD5-2

D
2

NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA

D2B NETWORK: WAKE-UP

20.3

O
NA7-3

20.2 20.2

Y
NA7-4

S S
NA7-14 NA1-7 B

GB
IP70-1

Y
NA24-1

Y
IP70-4 B

18 4
I

YG
IP70-2

TELEPHONE: MUTE

16.4

16.3

16.2

16.1

Y
NA7-13

I
NA1-20

U
NA24-2

U
IP70-15

I
IP70-9

09.2

DIMMER-CONTROLLED LIGHTING

G
NA1-2 NA24-3

G
IP70-7

U
NA1-15 NA24-4

U
IP70-17

R
NA1-14 NA24-5

R
IP70-6

Y
NA1-3 NA24-6

Y
IP70-5

B
NA1-1 NA24-7

B
IP70-18

W
NA1-16

BRD

W
NA24-8

BRD

W
IP70-8

P
IP70-12

B
NA7-2

NAVIGATION SCREEN AND TELEMATICS DISPLAY

G37BR

G40BS

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: NAV Vehicles except Japan VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 16.7
COMPONENTS Component
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

Connector(s)
CD5 NA1 NA2 NA6 NA7 NA12 RC22 RC30 RC31 RC33 RC34 IP70 IP136 IP137 IP138 IP139 NA20 NA21 NA22 NA23 NA11 NA9 CA222

Connector Description
2-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY NATURAL 12-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 22-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 2-WAY 10-WAY / NATURAL 2-WAY

Location
TRUNK LH REAR

NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA ROOF CONSOLE

BELOW PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE ROOF, CENTER FRONT

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

CENTER CONSOLE

TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 1 TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 2 TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 3 TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 4 VEHICLE INFORMATION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE VEHICLE INFORMATION SENSOR

TELEVISION ANTENNA TELEVISION ANTENNA TELEVISION ANTENNA TELEVISION ANTENNA BEHIND RH E POST TRUNK LH REAR TOP OF INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA35 CA406 NA24 NA25

Connector Description
10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 8-WAY / COAXIAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO NAVIGATION HARNESS

Location
RH LOWER A POST BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE BELOW CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS Ground
G37 G40

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM TRUNK / LH REAR

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Navigation System: Japan

Navigation System: Japan

Fig. 16.7

NOTE: 54 Vehicles with Navigation and CD Autochanger. 56 Vehicles with Navigation only.

54

56 8
I

OY
NA7-1

YG
NA7-11

I
NA6-1 NA6-2

COAXIAL CABLE
NA12-1 NA12-2

20.4 20.4

20.3 20.3

BOF
CD5-1

D
2

BOF
CD5-2

D
2

NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA

D2B NETWORK: WAKE-UP

20.3

O
NA7-3

O
B

GB
IP70-1

20.2 20.2

Y
NA7-4

18 4
I

S
B

YG
IP70-2

U
NA7-14

Y
NA1-7 NA24-1

Y
IP70-4

I
IP70-9

TELEPHONE: MUTE

16.4

16.3

16.2

16.1

Y
NA7-13

I
NA1-20

U
NA24-2

U
IP70-15

09.2

DIMMER-CONTROLLED LIGHTING

I
IP70-10

16.1

16.2

16.3

16.4

TELEPHONE: MUTE

G
RC22-12 CA35-5

G
CA406-2

G
NA2-11 NA1-2

G
NA24-3

G
IP70-7

BRD Y
MICROPHONE
RC22-11

W
CA35-6

BRD

W
CA406-3

BRD

W
NA2-12 NA1-15

U
NA24-4

U
IP70-17

Y
CA35-4 CA406-1

Y
NA2-6 NA1-14

R
NA24-5

R
IP70-6

I
IP136-1

R
NA25-1

R
NA20-1

Y
ROOF CONSOLE
NA1-3 NA24-6

Y
IP70-5 IP136-2

BRD
NA25-2

BRD
NA20-2

B
NA1-1 NA24-7

B
IP70-18

W
NA1-16

BRD

W
NA24-8

BRD

W
IP70-8

TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 1
I
IP137-1

TELEVISION ANTENNA 1

R
NA25-3

R
NA21-1

BRD
IP137-2 NA25-4

BRD
NA21-2

49 7
I

NR
NA9-3

YG
NA9-4

B NA2-1

G
NA24-12

G
IP70-19

TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 2
I

TELEVISION ANTENNA 2

U R
R
NA11-1 NA10-1 NA2-7 NA2-5 NA24-13

U
IP70-20

R
IP138-1 NA25-5

R
NA22-1

NA9-6

R
NA2-2 NA24-14

R
IP70-21 IP138-2

BRD
NA25-6

BRD
NA22-2

W
NA9-1 NA2-4

BRD
VEHICLE INFORMATION ANTENNA
NA11-2 NA10-2

Y
NA2-8 NA24-15

Y
IP70-22

K
NA9-2 NA2-10

VICS ANTENNA AMPLIFIER

W W
NA9-7

BRD

W
NA24-16

BRD

W
IP70-11

TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 3
I
IP139-1

TELEVISION ANTENNA 3

BRD

W
NA2-9

NA2-3

R
NA25-7

R
NA23-1

BRD
I
CA222-1 CA222-2 NA8-1 IP139-2 NA25-8

BRD
NA23-2

COAXIAL CABLE

NA8-2

NOTE: NAS4 VICS vehicles only.

TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 4

TELEVISION ANTENNA 4

VEHICLE INFORMATION SENSOR

P
NA9-5

B
NAS4

B
NA7-2

P
IP70-12

VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE NOTE: Vehicle Information components and wiring VICS vehicles only.
G40BS

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATION SCREEN, TELEVISION SCREEN, AND TELEMATICS DISPLAY

G37BR

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Japan NAV Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 17.1
COMPONENTS Component
AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP PASSENGER CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER DRIVER CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER PASSENGER DUAL AIRBAG IGNITER DRIVER DUAL AIRBAG IGNITER PASSENGER FRONT IMPACT SENSOR SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH PASSENGER SEAT POSITION SWITCH DRIVER SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSING CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR DRIVER REAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR PASSENGER REAR

Connector(s)
IP140 CA144 CA145 SW1 SW2 IP36 IP37 JB93 CA65 CA70 CA65 CA70 CA65 WS18 WS17 AL1 AD1 CA215 CA140 CA216 CA131

Connector Description
3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BROWN 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 18-WAY / BLACK 18-WAY / BLACK 18-WAY / BLACK 18-WAY / BLACK 18-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY 12-WAY 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK

Location
PASSENGER AIRBAG COVER DRIVER SIDE E POST PASSENGER SIDE E POST STEERING WHEEL INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDE ADJACENT TO HOOD CATCH DRIVER SIDE B/C POST PASSENGER SIDE B/C POST DRIVER SEAT BELT PASSENGER SEAT BELT DRIVER SEAT TRACK UNDER PASSENGER SEAT UNDER PASSENGER SEAT DRIVER SEAT BACK INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDE DRIVER SIDE LOWER B/C POST ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR DRIVER SIDE LOWER B/C POST ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA10 CA70

Connector Description
22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS

Location
BELOW THE GLOVEBOX BELOW LH FRONT SEAT

GROUNDS Ground
G4 G15 G37

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Advanced Restraint System

Advanced Restraint System

Fig. 17.1

18
II

G
IP74-12

IP74-5

G
IP34-1

CASSETTE
SW1-1

SERIAL COMMUNICATION TELEPHONE / VEMS: AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

20.2 16.1 07.1 07.2

W
IP74-11

D O
IP74-17

STAGE TWO

16.4

16.3

16.2

NR U
IP74-19

B
IP74-6 IP34-2

CASSETTE
SW1-2

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) GECM: SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING

O
IP74-1

CASSETTE

G
IP34-9 SW2-1

DRIVER DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS

O
IP74-22

O
STAGE ONE

W
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR
JB93-2 CA10-4

W
CA165-19

B
IP74-2 IP34-10

CASSETTE
SW2-2

N
JB93-1 CA10-5

N
CA165-20

CA165-3

RW
CA144-1

W
DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
CA215-2 CA165-27

BW
CA165-4 CA144-2

DRIVER CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER

N
CA215-1 CA165-28

CA165-1

RW
CA65-5

RW
AL1-1

** NOTE: W early production vehicles.

W**
PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
CA216-2

U
CA165-29

BW
CA165-2 CA65-6

BW
AL1-2

DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER

N
CA216-1 CA165-30

CA165-31

WR
CA65-7

W
DRIVER REAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
CA140-2 CA165-13

NW
CA165-32 CA65-8

DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER

N
CA140-1 CA165-14

W
PASSENGER REAR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
CA131-2 CA165-15

IP74-13

RW
IP37-1

N
CA131-1 CA165-16

STAGE TWO

BW
IP74-14 IP37-2

W
DRIVER SEAT POSITION SWITCH

IP74-3 CA165-23

RW
IP36-1

PASSENGER DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS

CA65-2

U
CA65-1
CA165-24

STAGE ONE

BW
IP74-4 IP36-2

B
G15AL G15AR* (G4AR) CA65-13

H
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH

O
CA65-14 CA165-25 CA165-5

RW
CA145-1

* NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

G4AR (G15AL) (G15AR*)

B
CAS96 (LHD) CAS97 (RHD)

B
CA70-13

H
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH

R
CA70-14 CA165-26 CA165-6 CA165-21

BW
CA145-2

PASSENGER CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER

RW
CA70-5

RW
AD1-1

NOTE: The CAN Network connecting the SRS Control Modules is a local CAN Network. It is not part of Powertrain CAN.

17
II

GR
WS17-G

C
WS17-E

O
CA70-1

O
CA165-17

C + C
CA165-18 CA165-33 CA165-22

BW
CA70-6

BW
AD1-2

PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER

C
WS17-F

U
CA70-2

R
WS18-A WS17-H

GO
CA70-7

W
WS18-C WS17-J

16
II

GR
IP140-1 IP140-3

IP74-15

U
WS18-B WS17-K

BR
CA165-34 CA70-8

PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER

B
WS17-D CA70-4

B
PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP
G4AR G37AR

CAS96 (LHD) CAS97 (RHD)

PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR

B
IP74-16

PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSING CONTROL MODULE

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 18.1
COMPONENTS Component
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE PARKING AID SENSOR LH PARKING AID SENSOR LH CENTER PARKING AID SENSOR RH PARKING AID SENSOR RH CENTER PARKING AID SOUNDER

Control Module Pin

B+ PG D I I D D O O O O D D RB7-1 RB7-3 RB7-5 RB7-8 RB7-9 RB7-10 RB7-11 RB7-14 RB7-15 RB7-16 RB7-17 RB7-23 RB7-24

Description and Characteristic

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND SERIAL DATA LINK TRAILER CONNECTED STATUS: GROUND = TRAILER CONNECTED REVERSE LAMPS STATUS: B+ = REVERSE LAMPS ON LH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA LH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA PARKING AID SOUNDER + SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ SENSOR GROUND: GROUND PARKING AID SOUNDER RH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA RH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA

Connector(s)
RB7 RB1 RB2 RB4 RB3 CA136

Connector Description
26-WAY / YELLOW 3-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / WHITE

Location
SPARE WHEEL WELL REAR BUMPER REAR BUMPER REAR BUMPER REAR BUMPER PARCEL SHELF

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA129

Connector Description
12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS

Location
SPARE WHEEL WELL

GROUNDS Ground
G2

Location
TRUNK / LH REAR

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Parking Aid System

Parking Aid System

Fig. 18.1

9
I

YG
RB7-1

+ O
RB7-14

RU
CA129-4

RU
CA136-1

REVERSE LAMPS: ACTIVATED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.3

GB
RB7-9

O
RB7-17

Y
CA129-5

Y
CA136-2

REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING: TRAILER CONNECTED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.6

08.5

08.4

W
RB7-8

PARKING AID SOUNDER

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

20.2

W
RB7-5

RW
RB7-15 RBS1

RW
RB4-1

D
RB7-24

W BG
RB7-16 RBS2

W
RB4-2

RH SENSOR

BG
RB4-3

RW
RB3-1

D
RB7-23

WR

WR
RB3-2

RH CENTER SENSOR

BG
RB3-3

RW
RB2-1

D
RB7-10

WU

WU
RB2-2

LH CENTER SENSOR

BG
RB2-3

RW
RB1-1

B
CA129-8

B
RB7-3

D
RB7-11

WG

WG
RB1-2

LH SENSOR

BG
G2AR RB1-3

PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: Parking Aid Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 19.1
COMPONENTS Component
CABIN ACCESSORY CONNECTOR CIGAR LIGHTER GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

General Electronic Control Module Pin

PG O I B+ CA86-5 IP5-14 IP6-20 JB172-1

Description and Characteristic

POWER GROUND: GROUND HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND STEERING WHEEL HORN SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

Connector(s)
IP24 IP42 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 SW6 JB87 RC22 RC30 RC31 RC33 RC34 CA146

Connector Description
3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / ORANGE 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK 3-WAY / BLACK

Location
BEHIND GLOVE BOX ASH TRAY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

HORN RELAY HORN SWITCH HORNS POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX ROOF CONSOLE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R3 STEERING WHEEL ADJACENT TO BATTERY ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE ROOF, CENTER FRONT

TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

TRUNK LH REAR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA36 JB129

Connector Description
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS Ground
G1 G4 G5 G11 G15 G36 G37

Location
TRUNK / LH REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground CAN SCP D2 CAN Network SCP Network D2B Network D Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Ancillaries

Ancillaries

Fig. 19.1

BG
SW6-1 SW4-6
CASSETTE

BG
IP34-3

HORN SWITCH

OY
JB87-2

B
SW6-2 SW4-5
CASSETTE

B
IP34-4

B
G37BL (G36BL)

IPS67 (LHD) IPS69 (RHD)

STEERING WHEEL

B
JBS56 G11AR

B
JB87-1

44
HORNS

OY OY
IP42-2 IP42-1

22

OY
JB172-1

B
IPS65

B
G36AL (G5AL)

I
IP6-20

BG
4

55
R3
3

OY

II

CIGAR LIGHTER
NOTE: IPS65 LHD only.

OY
O
IP5-14

OY
JBS32

OY

24

B
JB129-6

OY

HORN RELAY
P
CA86-5

B
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

G4AL

HORN

CIGAR LIGHTER

29 1
I

N
IP24-2

30 2
IP24-3
I

N
CA146-2

NG B
IPS66

NG
CA146-3

B
CAS10 G15AL G15AR*

B
CA36-13

B
RCS1

B
RC22-1

B
IP24-1

B
CAS9

B
CA146-1

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

OY
RC22-9

71
B

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

G5AS (G5AL)

CABIN ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

G1AR

TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

* NOTE: G15AR early production vehicles.

ROOF CONSOLE

NOTE: IPS66 LHD only.

ACCESSORY CONNECTORS

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 20.1
COMPONENTS Component
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL)

Connector(s)
JB45 JB197 AC1 IP39 IP101 IP135 AC1 IP101 AC1 IP101 IP22 EN65 EN16 IP130 IP10 IP11 IP14 IP19 JB131 IP20

Connector Description
42-WAY / BROWN 42-WAY / BROWN 26-WAY / YELLOW 6-WAY / GREY 26-WAY / YELLOW 2-WAY / GREY 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 16-WAY / BLACK 104-WAY / BLACK 134-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 16-WAY / GREEN 4-WAY / BLACK 37-WAY / BLUE 4-WAY / BLACK

Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL) AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE) DATA LINK CONNECTOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER J GATE ASSEMBLY STEERING ANGLE SENSOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE YAW RATE SENSOR

BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT BELOW STEERING COLUMN ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER CONSOLE STEERING COLUMN LOWER LH A POST BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

JB1 JB130

Connector Description
42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS

Location
ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS Ground
G36 G37

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Controller Area Network

Controller Area Network

Fig. 20.1

C C

Y
JB184-24

(DSC) (DSC)

(ABS/TC) (ABS/TC)

Y
JB197-24

C + C

C
IP130-2

Y G
IP130-3

53
NOTES: * Headlamp Leveling Control Module and associated wiring Automatic Headlamp Leveling vehicles only. ** Yaw Rate Sensor and Steering Angle Sensor and associated wiring Dynamic Stability Control vehicles only.

OY
IP22-16

35
II

WR
IP22-9

G
JB185-40

G
JB197-40

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE*

C
JB45-24

Y G
JB45-40

(ABS) (ABS)

C
IP20-3

Y G
IP20-2

C C

Y
IP19-3

G
IP19-4

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING CONTROL MODULE

YAW RATE SENSOR**

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR**

C C

Y
EN16-124 JB1-22

Y
JBS31

Y
JB131-34

C + C
JB131-13

C
JB131-33

Y
JB130-18

Y
IPS9

Y
IP101-9

C + C
IP101-10

C C

Y
IP101-22

Y
IPS11 IPS52

Y
IP14-9

C + C

C C

Y
IP14-11 IPS39

Y
IP10-17

C C

G
EN16-123 JB1-21

G
JBS30

C
JB131-12

G
JB130-16

G
IPS8

G
IP101-23 IPS10

G
IPS51

G
IP14-10

G
IP14-12 IPS38

G
IP10-18

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION VEHICLES ONLY)

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

J GATE (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION VEHICLES ONLY)

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Y
IP22-6

C C
IP22-14

C
EN65-89

Y
JB1-22

Y G G
JB1-21

C
EN65-88

CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK: LHD

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)

C C

Y
JB184-24

(DSC) (DSC)

(ABS/TC) (ABS/TC)

Y
JB197-24

C + C

C
IP130-2

Y G
IP130-3

NOTES: * Headlamp Leveling Control Module and associated wiring Automatic Headlamp Leveling vehicles only. ** Yaw Rate Sensor and Steering Angle Sensor and associated wiring Dynamic Stability Control vehicles only.

G
JB185-40

G
JB197-40

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE*

C
JB45-24

Y G
JB45-40

(ABS) (ABS)

C
IP20-3

Y G
IP20-2

C C

Y
IP19-3

G
IP19-4

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING CONTROL MODULE

YAW RATE SENSOR**

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR**

C C

Y
EN16-124 JB1-22

Y
JBS31

Y
JB131-34

C + C
JB131-13

C
JB131-33

Y
JB130-18

Y
IP101-9

C + C
IP101-10

C C

Y
IP101-22

Y
IPS11 IPS52

Y
IP14-9

C + C

C
IP14-11

Y
IPS9

Y
IPS39

Y
IP10-17

C C

G
EN16-123 JB1-21

G
JBS30

C
JB131-12

G
JB130-16

G
IP101-23 IPS10

G
IPS51

G
IP14-10

C
IP14-12

G
IPS8

G
IPS38

G
IP10-18

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L)

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION VEHICLES ONLY)

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

J GATE (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION VEHICLES ONLY)

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Y
IP22-6

C C
IP22-14

C
EN65-89

Y
JB1-22

Y G
JB1-21

C
EN65-88

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L)

CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK: RHD

G37BL (G36BL)

B
IPS67 (LHD) IPS69 (RHD)

B
IP22-4

B
IP22-5

G37AL

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 20.2
COMPONENTS Component
AUDIO UNIT

Connector(s)
ID1 IP65 IP106 IP22 EN65 EN16 CA86 CA87 IP5 IP6 JB172 IP130 IP10 IP11 CD5 NA1 NA2 NA6 NA7 RB7 CA165 IP74 RC22 RC30 RC31 RC33 RC34

Connector Description
2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 16-WAY / BLACK 104-WAY / BLACK 134-WAY / BLACK 23-WAY / GREY 23-WAY / GREEN 23-WAY / BROWN 23-WAY / WHITE 23-WAY / BLUE 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 26-WAY / YELLOW 2-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY NATURAL 12-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 20-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW 40-WAY / BLACK 24-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 4-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK

Location
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

DATA LINK CONNECTOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

BELOW STEERING COLUMN ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL TRUNK LH REAR

PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE ROOF CONSOLE

SPARE WHEEL WELL UNDER CENTER CONSOLE ROOF, CENTER FRONT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA36 CA129 CA230 CA241 CA414 JB1 JB130

Connector Description
16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS

Location
LH LOWER A POST SPARE WHEEL WELL LH LOWER A POST ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS Ground
G36 G37

Location
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link

Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link

Fig. 20.2

S
IP10-22

53 35
II

OY
IP22-16

S
IP10-23

WR
IP22-9

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

S
NA7-4

Y
CA414-7

Y
CA241-9

S
NA7-14

U
CA414-6

U
CA241-10

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

IPS31

Y
IPS32

Y
IP22-2

S S
IP22-10

BOF
ID1-1

D
2

S
IP65-9

BOF
ID1-2

D
2

S
IP65-10

AUDIO UNIT

S
IP5-19

S
IP5-18

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)

D
IP74-11

W
IP22-7

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE

D
RB7-5

W
CA129-9

W
CA230-3

W
IPS25

W
IP130-5

PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE

HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE

W
EN16-105 (2.5, 3.0 L) EN65-39 (2.0 L) JB1-20

W
JB130-4

W
CA230-4

W
CA36-9

W
RC22-8 RC33-3*

* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.

INTRUSION SENSOR

B
IPS67 (LHD) IPS69 (RHD)

B
IP22-4

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

ROOF CONSOLE
G37BL (G36BL) G37AL

B
IP22-5

SERIAL DATA LINK

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 20.3
COMPONENTS Component
AUDIO UNIT

Connector(s)
ID1 IP65 IP106 CA301 CD2 CD3 PH1 PH3 PH5 CD5 NA1 NA2 NA6 NA7 PH2

Connector Description
2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 32-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY NATURAL 12-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 20-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / GREY

Location
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

CD AUTOCHANGER CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

TRUNK LH REAR TRUNK LH REAR

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

TRUNK LH REAR

VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE

TRUNK LH REAR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CA241 CA407 CA414 CD1 CD6

Connector Description
22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS 2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR 2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR

Location
ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION LH LOWER A POST TRUNK LH REAR

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

D2B Network: Part 1

D2B Network: Part 1

Fig. 20.3

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD2-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF
CD2-2

D
2

O
PH2-14

AUDIO UNIT

CD AUTOCHANGER

VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD3-1

D
2

O
CA407-12

O
PHS5

O
PH1-23

D
2

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF
CD3-2

D
2

NOTE: PHS5 Voice only.

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

AUDIO UNIT

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

O
IP65-19

O
CA241-11

O
CAS45

O
CA301-3

O
D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD4-1

D
2

CD AUTOCHANGER AUDIO UNIT

D
2

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF
CD4-2

D
2

O
CA414-5

O
NA7-3

AUDIO UNIT

VOICE CONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD5-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF
CD5-2

D
2

AUDIO UNIT

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP

TWO-MODULE NETWORKS

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD2-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD2-2 CD3-1

D
2

D
2

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD2-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD2-2 CD5-1

D
2

D
2

CD3-2

CD5-2

CD AUTOCHANGER
D
2

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

D
2

CD AUTOCHANGER

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF

AUDIO UNIT

AUDIO UNIT

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD2-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD2-2 CD4-1

D
2

D
2

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD3-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD3-2 CD5-1

D
2

D
2

CD4-2

CD5-2

D
2

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF

CD AUTOCHANGER

VOICE CONTROL MODULE

D
2

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

AUDIO UNIT

AUDIO UNIT

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD3-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD3-2 CD4-1

D
2

D
2

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD4-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD4-2 CD5-1

D
2

D
2

CD4-2

CD5-2

D
2

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

VOICE CONTROL MODULE

D
2

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF

VOICE CONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

AUDIO UNIT

AUDIO UNIT NOTE: Figs. 20.3 and 20.4 show all possible combinations of D2B Networks.

THREE-MODULE NETWORKS

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Fig. 20.4
COMPONENTS Component
AUDIO UNIT

Connector(s)
ID1 IP65 IP106 CA301 CD2 CD3 PH1 PH3 PH5 CD5 NA1 NA2 NA6 NA7 PH2

Connector Description
2-WAY / BLACK 20-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 3-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 32-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / COAXIAL 2-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY NATURAL 12-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / COAXIAL 20-WAY / BLACK 22-WAY / GREY

Location
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

CD AUTOCHANGER CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

TRUNK LH REAR TRUNK LH REAR

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

TRUNK LH REAR

VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE

TRUNK LH REAR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector

CD1 CD6

Connector Description
2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR 2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR

Location
LH LOWER A POST TRUNK LH REAR

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

D2B Network: Part 2

D2B Network: Part 2

Fig. 20.4

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD2-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD2-2 CD3-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD3-2 CD5-1

D
2

D
2

CD5-2

D
2

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF

CD AUTOCHANGER

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

AUDIO UNIT

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD2-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD2-2 CD4-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD4-2 CD5-1

D
2

D
2

CD5-2

D
2

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF

CD AUTOCHANGER

VOICE CONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

AUDIO UNIT

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD3-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD3-2 CD4-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD4-2 CD5-1

D
2

D
2

CD5-2

D
2

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

VOICE CONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

AUDIO UNIT

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
DC2-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD2-2 CD3-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD3-2 CD4-1

D
2

D
2

CD4-2

D
2

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF

CD AUTOCHANGER

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

VOICE CONTROL MODULE

AUDIO UNIT

FOUR-MODULE NETWORKS

D
2

BOF
ID1-1 CD1-1

BOF
CD6-1

BOF
CD2-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD2-2 CD3-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD3-2 CD4-1

D
2

D
2

BOF
CD4-2 CD5-1

D
2

D
2

CD5-2

D
2

BOF
ID1-2 CD1-2

BOF
CD6-2

BOF

CD AUTOCHANGER

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE

VOICE CONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

AUDIO UNIT

NOTES:

FIVE-MODULE NETWORK

Figs. 20.3 and 20.4 show all possible combinations of D2B Networks. Network Wake-Up Circuit refer to Fig. 20.3. D2B Network Diagnostics refer to Fig. 20.2.

13 Fig. 01.1

14

64 Fig. 01.2

1
I

11 Fig. 01.3 I

12
II

63 Fig. 01.4 II

64
B

74 Fig. 01.5 B

75
E

96 Fig. 01.6 E

I Input O Output

B Battery Voltage + P Power Ground

+ Sensor/Signal Supply V Sensor/Signal Ground

C CAN S SCP

D
2

D2B Network Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Appendix

This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages. The following acronyms and abbreviations are used throughout this section: A/C ABS ABSCM ABS/TCCM A/CCM ACK AIRCON AT Cmd AUDIO BIT BYTE C CAL CAN CID CM CONFIG D2B OPC D2B DIAG DSCCM DTC ECM F FL FR Gateway GECM HLCM IC IDB JGM Lb. Ft. LED m MIL ml ms MSG NCM Nm OBD OBD II ODO Oz PATS PECUS POS PTT RCC RL RPM RR SCP SMS STM SWS TCM VEMS WDS YRS Air Conditioning Anti-Lock Braking System Anti-Lock Braking System Control Module Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module Air Conditioning Control Module Acknowledge Climate Control Commands for configuring and controlling telecommunication devices Audio Unit Smallest element of data code (1 or 0) Grouping of 8 bits (one alphanumeric character) Degrees Centigrade Calibrate Controller Area Network CAN Identifier Control Module Configure Instructions for translating and routing data for D2B use Fiber Optic Network Diagnostics Dynamic Stability Control Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code Engine Control Module Degrees Fahrenheit Front Left Front Right Device that converts messages between different types of networks General Electronic Control Module Headlight Leveling Control Module Instrument Cluster Identification Byte J Gate Module Pound Feet (Measure of Torque) Light Emitting Diode Meter (length) Malfunction Indicator Lamp Milliliter Millisecond Message Navigation Control Module Newton Meter (Measure of Torque) On-Board Diagnostics On-Board Diagnostics II Odometer Ounce Passive Anti-Theft System Programmable Electronic Control Units System Positive (+) Push to Talk Climate Control Rear Left Revolutions Per Minute Rear Right Standard Corporate Protocol Network Short Message Service for Mobile Communications Switch to Test Mode Steering Wheel Angle Sensor Transmission Control Module JaguarNet World Diagnostic System Yaw Rate Sensor

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Appendix

SCP Message Matrix

ii
Receivers Source IC IC IC IC GECM GECM AUDIO AUDIO GECM GECM IC IC AUDIO NCM AUDIO NCM AUDIO NCM AUDIO NCM GECM GECM GECM GECM IC IC AUDIO AUDIO NCM NCM NCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X GECM IC NCM AUDIO

No.

Message Name

All headlamp status: OFF

All headlamp status: ON

All park lamp status: OFF

All park lamp status: ON

All turn lamp Command: OFF

All turn lamp Command: ON

Cellular phone in use: NO (False)

Cellular phone in use: YES (True)

Trunk lid ajar switch: ACTIVE

10

Trunk lid ajar switch: INACTIVE

11

Display access confirmation status: ACCEPT

12

Display access confirmation status: REJECT

13

Display access display string: Clear Display

14

Display access display string: Clear Display

15

Display access display string: Overwrite Display

16

Display access display string: Overwrite Display

17

Display access terminate command

18

Display access terminate command

19

Download block to display command

20

Download block to display command

21

Drivers front door ajar switch status: ACTIVE

22

Drivers front door ajar switch status: INACTIVE

23

Drivers rear door ajar switch status: ACTIVE

24

Drivers rear door ajar switch status: INACTIVE

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

25

Gateway A/CCM to Display

26

Gateway A/CCM to Voice

27

Gateway Audio to NCM

28

Gateway Audio to NCM (Multiframe)

29

Gateway Display to A/CCM command

30

Gateway NCM to Audio

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

31

Gateway NCM to Phone: AT Cmd frame 1

Receivers Source NCM NCM NCM NCM NCM NCM NCM NCM NCM NCM AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO GECM GECM IC IC GECM GECM IC IC IC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X GECM IC NCM AUDIO

No.

Message Name

32

Gateway NCM to Phone: AT Cmd frame 2

33

Gateway NCM to Phone: D2B OPC frame 1

34

Gateway NCM to Phone: D2B OPC frame 2

SCP Message Matrix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

35

Gateway NCM to SMS: SMS Data frame 1

36

Gateway NCM to SMS: SMS Data frame 2

37

Gateway NCM to VEMS: AT Cmd frame 1

38

Gateway NCM to VEMS: AT Cmd frame 2

39

Gateway NCM to VEMS: D2B OPC frame 1

40

Gateway NCM to VEMS: D2B OPC frame 2

41

Gateway NCM to Voice

42

Gateway Phone to NCM: AT Cmd frame 1

43

Gateway Phone to NCM: AT Cmd frame 2

44

Gateway Phone to NCM: D2B OPC frame 1

45

Gateway Phone to NCM: D2B OPC frame 2

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

46

Gateway SMS to NCM: SMS Data frame 1

47

Gateway SMS to NCM: SMS Data frame 2

48

Gateway VEMS to NCM: AT Cmd frame 1

49

Gateway VEMS to NCM: AT Cmd frame 2

50

Gateway VEMS to NCM: D2B OPC frame 1

51

Gateway VEMS to NCM: D2B OPC frame 2

52

Gateway voice to A/CCM command

53

Gateway voice to NCM

54

Hood ajar switch: ACTIVE

55

Hood ajar switch: INACTIVE

56

Ignition switch position w/initialize status: NO

57

Ignition switch position w/initialize status: YES

58

Left side turn signal Command: OFF

59

Left side turn signal Command: ON

60

Low fuel level status: NO

61

Low fuel level status: YES

Appendix

62

Low washer fluid warning: OFF

iii

iv
Receivers Source IC GECM IC IC IC IC GECM GECM GECM GECM AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO GECM AUDIO GECM NCM AUDIO IC AUDIO IC AUDIO IC AUDIO IC AUDIO GECM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X GECM IC NCM AUDIO

No.

Message Name

63

Low washer fluid warning: ON /

Appendix

64

Network bus wake-up Command: YES (True)

65

Network bus wake-up Command: YES (True)

66

Odometer rolling count status

SCP Message Matrix

67

Parking brake switch status: ACTIVE

68

Parking brake switch status: INACTIVE

69

Passengers front door ajar switch status: ACTIVE

70

Passengers front door ajar switch status: INACTIVE

71

Passengers rear door ajar switch status: ACTIVE

72

Passengers rear door ajar switch status: INACTIVE

73

Remote control button status: Button 7 (PTT) ACTIVE

74

Remote control button status: Button 6 (VOL+) ACTIVE

75

Remote control button status: Button 5 (VOL-) ACTIVE

76

Remote control button status: Button 4 (Select) ACTIVE

77

Remote control button status: Button 3 (Seek UP) ACTIVE

78

Remote control button status: Button 2 (Seek DOWN) ACTIVE

79

Remote control button status: All buttons INACTIVE

80

Request all headlamp status

81

Request all headlamp status

82

Request all park lamp status

83

Request all park lamp status

84

Request all park lamp status

85

Request trunk ajar switch status

86

Request trunk ajar switch status

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

87

Request drivers front door ajar switch status

88

Request drivers front door ajar switch status

89

Request drivers rear door ajar switch status

90

Request drivers rear door ajar switch status

91

Request hood ajar switch status

92

Request hood ajar switch status

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

93

Request ignition switch position w / Initialize status

Receivers Source AUDIO NCM NCM GECM AUDIO IC AUDIO IC AUDIO IC IC IC GECM GECM AUDIO GECM GECM GECM GECM IC IC AUDIO NCM NCM AUDIO EXTERN IC IC GECM GECM AUDIO X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X GECM IC NCM AUDIO

No.

Message Name

94

Request ignition switch position w / Initialize status

95

Request ignition switch position w / initialize status

96

Request low fuel level status

SCP Message Matrix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

97

Request low washer fluid warning command

98

Request parking brake switch status

99

Request passengers front door ajar switch status

100

Request passengers front door ajar switch status

101

Request passengers rear door ajar switch status

102

Request passengers rear door ajar switch status

103

Request seat belt warning status

104

Request vehicle Security System status

105

Request vehicle configuration module programmed status

106

Request vehicle Inertia Switch status

107

Request vehicle Security key status

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

108

Request vehicle Security key status

109

Right side turn signal turn lamp Command: OFF

110

Right side turn signal turn lamp Command: ON

111

Seat belt warning Command: OFF

112

Seat belt warning Command: ON

113

Terminate display confirmation status: ACCEPT

114

Terminate display confirmation status: REJECT

115

Terminate display definition command

116

Terminate display definition command

117

Time of day (w/mode) command

118

Time of day (w/mode) status

119

Transit mode Command: ACTIVE

120

Transit mode Command: INACTIVE

121

Transmission PRNDL range selected status

122

Vehicle Security System status

123

Vehicle configuration module programmed status: NO

Appendix

124

Vehicle configuration module programmed status: NO

vi
Receivers Source GECM IC IC IC IC AUDIO AUDIO NCM NCM NCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X GECM IC NCM AUDIO

No.

Message Name

125

Vehicle configuration module programmed status: YES

Appendix

126

Vehicle Inertia Switch status: ACTIVE (Crashed)

127

Vehicle Inertia Switch status: INACTIVE (OK)

128

Vehicle Security key status

SCP Message Matrix

129

Vehicle speed - high resolution status

130

VACM control mode status: OFF

131

VACM control mode status: ON

132

VACM control mode status: OFF

133

VACM control mode status: ON

134

VACM training mode A/B entry

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Receivers ABS/TCCM DSCCM SWS HLCM DIAG A/CCM JGM ECM TCM YRS IC

ABSCM

No. DIAG ECM IC IC IC ECM ECM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM YRS YRS YRS YRS YRS YRS YRS YRS DSCCM DSCCM DSCCM SWS SWS SWS SWS SWS X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Message Name

Usage

Source

020h

CAN REFLASH WDS ECM

Flash reprogramming command

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

030h

CAN REFLASH ECM WDS

Confirms flash reprogramming

CAN Message Matrix

040h

CAN PATS SEQUENCE IC

Defines security clearance stage

040h

CAN IGNITION OFF TIMER

Rolling time ignition has been in position I or 0

040h

CAN PATS DATA IC

Security system IC data

046h

CAN PATS SEQUENCE ECM

Defines security clearance stage

046h

CAN PATS DATA ECM

Security system ECM data

065h

CAN ENGINE TORQUE REQUEST

Torque reduction request: throttle control

065h

CAN ENGINE TORQUE REQUEST

Torque reduction request: throttle control

065h

CAN ENGINE TORQUE REQUEST

Torque reduction request: throttle control

065h

CAN TEMPORARY TORQUE REQUEST

Torque reduction request: ignition timing, fuel cutoff

065h

CAN TEMPORARY TORQUE REQUEST

Torque reduction request: ignition timing, fuel cutoff

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

065h

CAN TEMPORARY TORQUE REQUEST

Torque reduction request: ignition timing, fuel cutoff

070h

CAN YRS TEST MODE

YRS test data

070h

CAN YRS POS TM BIT

YRS test data

070h

CAN YRS ERROR BIT

YRS test data

070h

CAN YRS TEMP ERROR BIT

YRS test data

070h

CAN YRS CAL RESPONSE

YRS response to CAN YRS CAL message

070h

CAN YRS IDB RESPONSE

YRS response to CAN YRS IDB message

070h

CAN YAW RATE SIGNAL

Yaw rate value

070h

CAN LATERAL ACCEL SIGNAL

Lateral acceleration value

075h

CAN YRS STM

YRS, switch to test mode command

075h

CAN YRS CAL

Calibration information

075h

CAN YRS IDB

YRS identification byte

080h

CAN STEERING WHEEL ANGLE

Steering wheel angle value

080h

CAN STEERING WHEEL SPEED

Steering wheel rotation speed

080h

CAN STEERING WHEEL STATUS

Validates SWS

080h

CAN SWS MSG COUNT

Confirms SWS messages received

Appendix

080h

CAN SWS CHECKSUM

Validates SWS messages

vii

Appendix

CAN Message Matrix

viii
Receivers ABS/TCCM DSCCM SWS HLCM A/CCM DIAG JGM ECM TCM YRS IC ABSCM Source ECM ECM ECM ECM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

No.

Message Name

Usage

097h

CAN INDICATED ENGINE TORQUE

Estimated available torque: current engine speed, load, ignition timing and fueling intervention not included

097h

CAN ENGINE FRICTION TORQUE

Estimated torque loss caused by: engine friction, engine driven accessories

097h

CAN ACTUAL ENGINE TORQUE

Estimated available torque: current engine speed, load ignition timing and fuelling

097h

CAN DRIVER DEMAND TORQUE

Estimated available torque: current throttle pedal position, no intervention included

0C9h

CAN TORQUE REDUCTION REQUEST

Torque reduction requested for shift energy management (uses ignition intervention only)

0C9h

CAN TRANSMISSION TORQUE LIMIT

Engine torque limit with current transmission fault

0C9h

CAN TORQUE CONVERTER SLIP

Percentage of torque converter slip

0C9h

CAN TRANSMISSION INPUT SPEED

Transmission input shaft RPM

0C9h

CAN TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED

Transmission output shaft RPM

0FBh

CAN TRACTION SHIFT MAP

Use Traction Shift Map

0FBh

CAN TRACTION SHIFT MAP

Use Traction Shift Map

0FBh

CAN TRACTION SHIFT MAP

Use Traction Shift Map

0FBh

CAN OBD II ABS CLEAR ACK

Confirms ABS OBD II DTCs cleared

0FBh

CAN OBD II ABS CLEAR ACK

Confirms ABS OBD II DTCs cleared

0FBh

CAN OBD II ABS CLEAR ACK

Confirms DSC OBD II DTCs cleared

0FBh

CAN ABS FAULT CODE MIL STATUS

Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination

0FBh

CAN ABS FAULT CODE MIL STATUS

Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination

0FBh

CAN ABS FAULT CODE MIL STATUS

Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination

0FBh

CAN ABS STATUS

Indicates when ABS system is functioning

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

0FBh

CAN ABS STATUS

Indicates when ABS system is functioning

0FBh

CAN ABS STATUS

Indicates when ABS system is functioning

0FBh

CAN VEHICLE REFERENCE SPEED

Vehicle speed (reference wheel circumference X wheel rotation speed)

0FBh

CAN VEHICLE REFERENCE SPEED

Vehicle speed (reference wheel circumference X wheel rotation speed)

0FBh

CAN VEHICLE REFERENCE SPEED

Vehicle speed (reference wheel circumference X wheel rotation speed)

0FBh

CAN ABS FAULT CODES

Indicates ABS DTCs to store in the ECM

0FBh

CAN ABS FAULT CODES

Indicates ABS DTCs to store in the ECM

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

0FBh

CAN ABS FAULT CODES

Indicates ABS DTCs to store in the ECM

Receivers ABS/TCCM DSCCM SWS HLCM DIAG A/CCM JGM ECM TCM YRS IC

ABSCM

No. ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM IC IC IC IC IC IC IC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Message Name

Usage

Source

0FBh

CAN ODO ROLLING COUNT

Rolling count of distance vehicle has traveled

CAN Message Matrix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

0FBh

CAN ODO ROLLING COUNT

Rolling count of distance vehicle has traveled

0FBh

CAN ODO ROLLING COUNT

Rolling count of distance vehicle has traveled

0FBh

CAN ABS MALFUNCTION

ABS and brakes malfunction data, also activates IC warnings

0FBh

CAN ABS MALFUNCTION

ABS/TC and brakes malfunction data, also activates IC warnings

0FBh

CAN ABS MALFUNCTION

ABS, DSC and brakes malfunction data, also activates IC warnings

0FBh

CAN ABS FLAGS

ABS and brake systems status and flag information

0FBh

CAN ABS FLAGS

ABS/TC and brake systems status and flag information

0FBh

CAN ABS FLAGS

ABS, DSC and brake systems status and flag information

120h

CAN TRANS INPUT INDICATED TORQUE

Engine torque input to transmission, includes interventions

12Dh

CAN ENGINE ACCELERATION

Rate of engine speed increase

12Dh

CAN THROTTLE POSITION

Target throttle valve position

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

12Dh

CAN PEDAL POSITION

Accelerator pedal position, driver throttle demand

12Dh

CAN ENGINE SPEED

Engine speed in RPM

12Dh

CAN ALTERNATOR STATUS

Alternator status: fault or OK

12Dh

CAN CRUISE STATUS

Cruise control status: Override switch active, Cruise ON, enabled, resuming

12Dh

CAN OBD II CLEAR FAULT CODES

Request ABS and TCM to clear OBD DTCs

12Dh

CAN BRAKE PEDAL PRESSED

Brake switch status

12Dh

CAN CRANK IN PROGRESS

Engine cranking in progress

12Dh

CAN TRACTION ACKNOWLEDGE

Confirms torque reduction in progress, can/cannot achieve, unable to respond

12Dh

CAN FUEL CAP WARNING

Display Check Fuel Cap warning

1F5h

CAN BRAKE FLUID LOW

Display Brake Fluid Level Low

1F5h

CAN PARK BRAKE STATUS

Parking brake: OFF / ON

1F5h

CAN DIPPED BEAM STATUS

Headlight dipped beam: OFF / ON

1F5h

CAN REV GEAR MAN SELECTED

Manual transmission only, reverse gear selected

1F5h

CAN OIL PRESSURE LOW

Engine oil pressure below specification

1F5h

CAN RESTRICT RCC BLOWERS

Restrict climate control blower speed

Appendix

1F5h

CAN FUEL LEVEL DAMPED

Damped fuel level (fuel gauge signal)

ix

x
Receivers ABS/TCCM DSCCM SWS HLCM A/CCM DIAG JGM ECM TCM YRS IC ABSCM Source IC IC TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ECM ECM ECM ECM A/CCM A/CCM A/CCM A/CCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Appendix

No.

Message Name

Usage

1F5h

CAN FUEL LEVEL RAW 1

Fuel level sender 1 signal (before signal conditioning)

1F5h

CAN FUEL LEVEL RAW 2

Fuel level sender 2 signal (before signal conditioning)

CAN Message Matrix

3E9h

CAN GEAR POSITION ACTUAL

Transmission gear positions: N, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, R, or shift in progress

3E9h

CAN GEAR POSITION SELECTED

Transmission rotary switch positions: P, R N, D, 4, 3, 2, or selector between positions signals

3E9h

CAN TRANSMISSION SHIFT MAP

TCM shift map in use signal: Normal, Sport, Hot, Gradient, Traction, Manual, or Cruise

3E9h

CAN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE

Transmission fluid temperature 40 C to 214 C. Note: will not exceed 150 C

3E9h

CAN TRANSMISSION MALFUNCTION

Transmission malfunction data, also activate transmission warning signals

3E9h

CAN TCM CONFIG FLAG

TCM PECUS programmed YES / NO

3E9h

CAN TORQUE CONVERTER STATUS

Torque converter clutch disengaged, engaged or constant slip

3E9h

CAN GEAR SELECTION FAULT

CAN GEAR POSITION SELECTED signal validity

3E9h

CAN IDLE NEUTRAL CONTROL

Idle neutral control in / not in progress

3E9h

CAN PERFORMANCE MODE INDICATION

Switch Performance Mode LED ON / OFF

3E9h

CAN TCM FAULT CODE MIL STATUS

Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination

3E9h

CAN OBD II TCM CLEAR ACK

Confirms transmission OBD DTCs cleared

3E9h

CAN TRANSMISSION FAULT CODES

Indicates transmission fault codes to store ECM

3E9h

CAN GEAR POSITION TARGET

Next actual transmission gear position (for traction control)

41Ah

CAN PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

A/C refrigerant pressure, for fan control and diagnostics

41Ah

CAN ENGINE INTAKE TEMPERATURE

Engine intake air temperature: -40 C to 80 C (-40 F to 176 F)

41Ah

CAN A/C CLUTCH INHIBIT STATUS

Confirms A/C compressor clutch ON / OFF

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

41Ah

CAN ELECTRICAL LOAD MANAGEMENT

Inhibit: heated rear window, windshield, wiper park area, automatic heated windshield.

41Ah

CAN COOLING FAN FEEDBACK

Actual cooling fan speed. Response to COOLING FAN REQUEST message

441h

CAN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

Outside air temperature -40 C to 80 C (-40 F to 176 F)

441h

CAN COMPRESSOR TORQUE

Predicted A/C compressor torque in 100 ms

441h

CAN A/C COMMANDS

Request A/C compressor ON / OFF. Maximum heat required: YES / NO

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

441h

CAN A/C STATUS

Indicates: windshield, rear door mirrors, and windshield wiper park area heater ON / OFF and blower speed

Receivers ABS/TCCM DSCCM SWS HLCM DIAG A/CCM JGM ECM TCM YRS IC

ABSCM

No. A/CCM ECM ECM ECM X X X X X X X

Message Name

Usage

Source

CAN Message Matrix

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

441h

CAN COOLING FAN REQUEST

Request climate control fan speed and offset, and fan run-on at ignition OFF

44Dh

CAN FUEL USED

Data for trip computer calculations

44Dh

CAN ENGINE OBD II MIL

Switch CHECK ENGINE MIL ON / OFF

44Dh

CAN THROTTLE MALFUNCTION RED

Switch red warning light OFF (defaults to ON) Display: Restricted throttle / performance, Limp home / idle mode, Engine shut down messages ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM IC IC A/CCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

44Dh

CAN THROTTLE MALFUNCTION AMBER

Switch amber warning light OFF (defaults to ON) Display: Cruise inhibited, Redundancy mode, OBD engine overspeed fuel cutoff messages

44Dh

CAN ECM FAULT CODE MIL STATUS

Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination

44Dh

CAN ECM CONFIG FLAG

ECM PECUS programming status: programmed YES / NO

44Dh

CAN ENGINE FAULT CODES

Indicates engine fault codes to store ECM

44Dh

CAN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

Engine coolant temperature (C). Note: Will not exceed 140 C (284 F)

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

44Dh

CAN ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE

Engine oil temperature -40 to 214 C ( -40 to 417 F)

44Dh

CAN BAROMETRIC PRESSURE

Barometric pressure as % of 1 standard atmosphere (0 to 125%)

4BOh

CAN FL WHEEL SPEED

Front left wheel speed

4BOh

CAN FL WHEEL SPEED

Front left wheel speed

4BOh

CAN FL WHEEL SPEED

Front left wheel speed

4BOh

CAN FR WHEEL SPEED

Front right wheel speed

4BOh

CAN FR WHEEL SPEED

Front right wheel speed

4BOh

CAN FR WHEEL SPEED

Front right wheel speed

4BOh

CAN RL WHEEL SPEED

Rear left wheel speed

4BOh

CAN RL WHEEL SPEED

Rear left wheel speed

4BOh

CAN RL WHEEL SPEED

Rear left wheel speed

4BOh

CAN RR WHEEL SPEED

Rear right wheel speed

4BOh

CAN RR WHEEL SPEED

Rear right wheel speed

4BOh

CAN RR WHEEL SPEED

Rear right wheel speed

4COh

CAN ODOMETER READING

Odometer distance traveled for DTCs and diagnostics

694h

CAN VOICE AIRCON COMMAND

SCP to CAN gateway message

Appendix

695h

CAN AIRCON VOICE STATUS

CAN to SCP gateway message

xi

xii
Receivers ABS/TCCM DSCCM SWS HLCM A/CCM DIAG JGM ECM TCM YRS IC ABSCM Source IC A/CCM ECM DSCCM DSCCM DIAG A/CCM DIAG DIAG DIAG DIAG ECM TCM IC ABSCM ABS/TCCM DSCCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Appendix

No.

Message Name

Usage

696h

CAN DISPLAY AIRCON COMMAND

SCP to CAN gateway command message

697h

CAN AIRCON DISPLAY STATUS

CAN to SCP gateway message

CAN Message Matrix

6AOh

CAN POWERTRAIN CONFIGURATION

Network management

6F1h

CAN SWS COMMAND CODE WORD

Steering Angle Sensor calibration instructions

6F1h

CAN SWS CID

CAN identifier for message transmission

7C4h

CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN RCC

A/CCM diagnostics message

7C5h

CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT RCC

A/CCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7C4h

7E8h

CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN ECM

ECM diagnostics message

7E9h

CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN TCM

TCM diagnostics message

7Eah

CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN IC

IC diagnostics message

7Ebh

CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN ABS

ABSCM diagnostics message

7Ech

CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT ECM

ECM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7E8h

7Edh

CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT TCM

TCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7E9h

7Eeh

CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT IC

IC diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7EAh

7Efh

CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT ABS

ABSCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7EBh

7Efh

CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT ABS

ABSCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7EBh

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

7Efh

CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT ABS

DSCCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7EBh

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001